WO2022027692A1 - Method and device for uplink transmission, and communication apparatus and storage medium - Google Patents

Method and device for uplink transmission, and communication apparatus and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022027692A1
WO2022027692A1 PCT/CN2020/108016 CN2020108016W WO2022027692A1 WO 2022027692 A1 WO2022027692 A1 WO 2022027692A1 CN 2020108016 W CN2020108016 W CN 2020108016W WO 2022027692 A1 WO2022027692 A1 WO 2022027692A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pieces
information
uplink
indication information
uplink information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/108016
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李胜钰
官磊
马蕊香
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/108016 priority Critical patent/WO2022027692A1/en
Priority to CN202080102998.XA priority patent/CN115804145A/en
Publication of WO2022027692A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022027692A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/04Error control
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method, a device, a communication device, and a storage medium for uplink transmission.
  • the fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) communication system is committed to supporting higher system performance, and will support multiple service types, different deployment scenarios, and a wider spectrum range.
  • the multiple service types include enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB), Massive Machine Type Communication (mMTC), Ultra-reliable and low latency communications (URLLC), multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service, MBMS) and positioning service, and so on.
  • terminal equipment can perform multiplexing and transmission of mixed services, including combining uplink information of different priorities for multiplexing and transmission.
  • the terminal device may support multiplexing transmission of the uplink information of the eMBB service and the uplink information of the URLLC service.
  • the present application provides a method, device, communication device and storage medium for uplink transmission.
  • the terminal equipment is instructed to perform multiplexing transmission or abandon multiplexing transmission through the indication information, so as to improve the flexibility of multiplexing transmission.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for uplink transmission, where the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being a terminal device as an example.
  • N pieces of first indication information where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on the first uplink channel; acquire M pieces of second indication information, the M pieces of first uplink information are The pieces of second indication information correspond to M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel; according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information, determine Whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; wherein the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel have different priorities, and the first uplink channel has different priorities.
  • the channel overlaps with the second uplink channel in time domain; both N and M are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed into the Three-channel transmission is performed; when it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted, then a high-priority message is sent to the network device at the first time domain resource position.
  • the uplink information carried by the uplink channel and give up sending the uplink information carried by the low-priority uplink channel to the network device at the first time-domain resource position, where the first time-domain resource position is the time-domain resource corresponding to the first uplink channel.
  • the time domain resources corresponding to the second uplink channel overlap the time domain resources.
  • the terminal device determines whether the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the N pieces of first uplink information and/or the M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the M pieces of second uplink information can
  • the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, rather than simply directly multiplexing transmission or abandoning multiplexing transmission, thus ensuring that the terminal equipment performs multiplexing transmission or abandons multiplexing transmission during the process of multiplexing transmission Therefore, it will not bring delay to the transmission of high-priority services, nor reduce the transmission efficiency of low-priority services.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, and the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than that of the second uplink channel.
  • information, and determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information including: determining whether to The N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device may not use the M pieces of second indication information.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information only according to the indication information corresponding to the high-priority first uplink channel For transmission, there is no need to pay attention to the second uplink channel. Therefore, the transmission of the high-priority uplink channel can be better guaranteed.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information.
  • One piece of first indication information determining whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the first indication pieces of the N pieces of first indication information
  • the transmission includes: determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the first indication information included in the third downlink control information, wherein the third downlink control information
  • the information is the first downlink control information last received by the terminal device among the N pieces of first downlink control information.
  • the terminal device determines whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information only according to the first indication information included in the last received first downlink control information
  • the information is multiplexed and transmitted without paying attention to other first downlink control information, which increases the flexibility of network device scheduling and the fault tolerance rate.
  • the determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the first indication information included in the third downlink control information includes: When the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is a first preset value, it is determined to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is not the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted. .
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information.
  • One piece of first indication information determining whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the first indication pieces of the N pieces of first indication information
  • the transmission includes: when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all a first preset value, determining to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the terminal device determines, according to all the first indication information, whether to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of first uplink information.
  • the second uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted, and since all the first indication information is used, the determination result can be made more accurate.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are configured through N pieces of first higher layer parameters, and each first higher layer parameter includes one first indication in the N pieces of the first indication information information; determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to part or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information, including: When the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all first preset values, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device determines, according to all the first indication information, whether to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of first uplink information.
  • the second uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted, and since all the first indication information is used, the determination result can be made more accurate.
  • the first indication information included in the control information determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, wherein the fourth downlink control information is the X pieces of first uplink information In the downlink control information, the first downlink control information last received by the terminal device.
  • the first indication information included in the fourth downlink control information is a first preset value
  • the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is not the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information only according to the first indication information included in the last received downlink control information , so that the scheduling of network equipment is relatively flexible, and the fault tolerance rate of network equipment is improved.
  • At least one piece of indication information has a value other than the first indication information. If a preset value is set, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the first indication information included in all downlink control information or, according to all the first indication information, determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, so as to make the determination result more accurate.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N pieces of first higher layer parameters
  • the Z pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by means of Z pieces of second uplink information
  • the downlink control information is scheduled, wherein each first high-layer parameter includes a first indication information, each second downlink control information includes a second indication information, and Z is less than or equal to M;
  • One indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, including: according to the Z pieces of second downlink information Part or all of the second indication information in the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the control information determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the terminal device may not distinguish the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel, and may give priority to the indication information corresponding to the uplink information scheduled through the downlink control information, and determine according to the indication information Whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the accuracy of the determination result can be higher.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the second indication information in the fifth downlink control information, wherein the fifth downlink control information
  • the information is the first downlink control information last received by the terminal device among the Z pieces of second downlink control information. That is, when the value of the second indication information in the fifth downlink control information is the first preset value, it is determined to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the value of the second indication information in the fifth downlink control information is not the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to all values of the Z pieces of second indication information. That is, when the values of the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the Z pieces of second downlink control information are all the first preset values, it is determined to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the information is multiplexed and transmitted; when at least one of the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the Z pieces of second downlink control information has a value other than the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first indication information cannot be
  • the uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device may not distinguish the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel, and may give priority to the indication information corresponding to the uplink information scheduled through the downlink control information, and determine according to the indication information Whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the accuracy of the determination result can be higher.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel.
  • the terminal device determines that the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, since all the first uplink information is configured by high-level parameters, the comparison Fixed; and if there is downlink control information scheduling in the second uplink information, the scheduling method is more flexible. Therefore, even if the priority of the first uplink channel is high at this time, it is necessary to use the second indication information included in the downlink control information to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information , which can make the determination result more accurate.
  • L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through L pieces of first downlink control information, and R pieces of the M pieces of second uplink information
  • the second uplink information is scheduled through R pieces of second downlink control information, where L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M; N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the uplink channel and/or M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the second uplink channel, to determine whether to duplicate the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the fifth downlink information is the last downlink control information received by the terminal device in the L pieces of first downlink control information and the R pieces of second downlink control information
  • the third indication information is the first indication information or the second indication information Instructions.
  • the value of the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information is the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted. ; when the value of the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information is not the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
  • whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can be determined preferentially according to the indication information included in the downlink control information, And can only use the indication letter included in the downlink control information last received by the terminal device to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, thereby improving the indication of the network equipment. flexibility, and fault tolerance.
  • L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through L pieces of first downlink control information, and R pieces of the M pieces of second uplink information
  • the second uplink information is scheduled through R pieces of second downlink control information, where L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M; N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the uplink channel and/or M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the second uplink channel, to determine whether to duplicate the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • using transmission including: when the values of the L pieces of first indication information included in the L pieces of first downlink control information are all first preset values, and the R pieces of the R pieces of first downlink control information include The values of the second indication information are all the first preset values, and it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to compare the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of information according to the indication information included in all downlink control information.
  • the second uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted, thereby improving the accuracy of the determination result.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N first layer parameters
  • the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by M second layer parameters
  • each The first high-layer parameter includes a first indication information
  • each second high-layer parameter includes a second indication information
  • the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the first uplink channel and/or the second uplink channel Corresponding M pieces of second indication information, determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, including: when the N pieces of first upper layer parameters included in the N pieces of The values of one indication information are all the first preset values, and the values of the M pieces of second indication information included in the M second high-level parameters are all the first preset values.
  • the first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device uses all the first indication information and all the second indication information to determine whether to assign the N Multiplexing and transmission of the first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can ensure the accuracy of the determination result.
  • determining whether to use the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the first uplink channel and/or the M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the second uplink channel Multiplexing and transmitting the first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information includes: when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all a first preset value, and the M pieces of second indication information are The values are all the first preset values, and it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to perform multiplexing transmission according to all the acquired indication information, and since all the indication information is used, the determination result can be made more accurate.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for uplink transmission, which is characterized in that, when applied to a network device, the method includes: sending N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first indication information Uplink information, the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on the first uplink channel; M pieces of second indication information are sent, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information Bearing on the second uplink channel; the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information are used to indicate whether to perform the processing of the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information Multiplexing transmission; wherein, the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap in time domain; N and M are both greater than or equal to An integer of 1.
  • the network device can use N pieces of first indication information and/or M pieces of second indication information to instruct the terminal equipment whether to perform multiplexing transmission when the uplink transmissions of the terminal equipment overlap, instead of simply specifying the terminal equipment Perform multiplexing transmission or abandon multiplexing transmission, thus ensuring the flexibility of terminal equipment in the process of multiplexing transmission or abandoning multiplexing transmission, and thus will not bring delay to the transmission of high-priority services, and will not reduce Transmission efficiency of low-priority services.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel; part or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information is used to indicate whether The N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the network device can only indicate whether the terminal device performs multiplexing transmission through the indication information corresponding to the first uplink channel with high priority, and does not need to pay attention to the second uplink channel. Therefore, it can better Guarantee high-priority uplink channel transmission.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information.
  • One piece of first indication information; the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, wherein the third The downlink control information is the first downlink control information lastly received by the terminal device among the N pieces of first downlink control information.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device whether to perform multiplexing transmission through the first indication information included in the first downlink control information last received by the terminal device, and does not need to pay attention to the corresponding first uplink channel.
  • other first downlink control information which increases the flexibility of the network device scheduling process and the fault tolerance rate.
  • the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is a first preset value, which is used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are to be performed. Multiplex transmission.
  • the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is not the first preset value, it indicates that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information.
  • One piece of first indication information; the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted .
  • the value of at least one piece of first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information is not the first preset value, which can be used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information cannot be combined with the M pieces of second information.
  • the uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to indicate whether to use the values of all the first indication information to indicate whether the Nth One uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted with the M pieces of second uplink information. Since all values of the first indication information are used for indication, the indication result can be made more accurate.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are configured through N pieces of first higher layer parameters, and each first higher layer parameter includes one first indication in the N pieces of the first indication information information; the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the value of at least one indication information in the N pieces of first indication information is not the first preset value, which can be used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be combined. multiplex transmission.
  • the network device when all the first uplink information is configured by high-level parameters, the network device indicates whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with all the first indication information through the values of all the first indication information.
  • the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, and the indication result can be made more accurate because all the values of the first indication information are used for indication.
  • the first indication information included in the fourth downlink control information is a first preset value, which is used to instruct to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is not the first preset value, and is used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the first indication information included in the downlink control information finally received by the network device through the terminal device indicates whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information During transmission, there is no need to pay attention to other indication information, so that the indication of the network device is relatively flexible, and the fault tolerance rate of the network device is improved.
  • the values of the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first downlink control information are all first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information are combined with the M pieces of first uplink information.
  • the two uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted; optionally, at least one of the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first downlink control information has at least one value of the first indication information that is not the first preset value, which is used to indicate that it cannot be Multiplexing and transmitting the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; or the values of the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first downlink control information are the first A preset value, and the values of the Y pieces of first indication information respectively included in the Y first high-level parameters are all the first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information are combined with the The M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the indication information is not the first preset value, and is used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the network device can indicate whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second The uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted; or, through the values of all the first indication information, it is indicated whether the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, and then the indication results are compared. accurate.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N pieces of first higher layer parameters
  • the Z pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by means of Z pieces of second uplink information
  • the downlink control information is scheduled, wherein each first high-level parameter includes a first indication information, each second downlink control information includes a second indication information, and Z is less than or equal to M; the Z second downlink control information Some or all of the second indication information in the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the network device may indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information through the second indication information in the fifth downlink control information, wherein the fifth downlink control information
  • the information is the first downlink control information last received by the terminal device among the Z pieces of second downlink control information. That is, when the value of the second indication information in the fifth downlink control information is the first preset value, it is instructed to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the value of the second indication information in the fifth downlink control information is not the first preset value, it indicates that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the network device may indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information through all values of the Z pieces of second indication information. That is, when the values of the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the Z pieces of second downlink control information are all the first preset values, it indicates that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are The information is multiplexed and transmitted; when at least one of the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the Z pieces of second downlink control information has a value other than the first preset value, it indicates that the N pieces of first indication information cannot be The uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device not to distinguish the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel, but to give priority to the indication information corresponding to the uplink information scheduled through the downlink control information, and to indicate
  • the terminal device determines, according to the indication information, whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. Since the terminal equipment does not need to distinguish priorities, the network equipment is more flexible in scheduling the uplink information through the downlink control information, which can make the determination result more accurate.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device, even if it is determined that the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, however, since the first uplink information is all determined by high-level parameters
  • the configuration is relatively fixed; and if there is downlink control information scheduling in the second uplink information, the scheduling method is relatively flexible. Therefore, at this time, even if the priority of the first uplink channel is high, the network device still instructs the terminal device to use the second indication information included in the downlink control information to determine whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information Multiplexing transmission can make the precision of the indication result higher.
  • L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through L pieces of first downlink control information, and R pieces of the M pieces of second uplink information
  • the second uplink information is scheduled through R pieces of second downlink control information, where L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M;
  • the fifth downlink control information includes
  • the third indication information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; wherein, the fifth downlink control information is L pieces of first downlink control information and the last downlink control information received by the terminal device in the R pieces of second downlink control information, and the third indication information is the first indication information or the second indication information.
  • the value of the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information is the first preset value, it indicates that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted. ; when the value of the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information is not the first preset value, indicating that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to preferentially determine whether to perform the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the indication information included in the downlink control information. multiplexed transmission, and instructs the terminal device to use the indication letter included in the last received downlink control information to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, thereby improving the Flexibility of network device indication, and fault tolerance.
  • L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through L pieces of first downlink control information, and R pieces of the M pieces of second uplink information
  • the second uplink information is scheduled through the R second downlink control information, where L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M; when the L first
  • the values of the L pieces of first indication information included in the downlink control information are all first preset values, and the values of the R pieces of second indication information included in the R pieces of first downlink control information are all the first values of the first indication information.
  • a preset value indicating that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to determine whether to use the N pieces of first uplink information according to the value of the indication information included in all downlink control information without distinguishing priorities. Multiplexing and transmission with the M pieces of second uplink information can further improve the accuracy of the indication.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N first layer parameters
  • the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by M second layer parameters
  • each The first high-layer parameter includes a first indication information
  • each second high-layer parameter includes a second indication information; when the N first indication information included in the N first high-layer parameters are all the first preset values value, and the values of the M pieces of second indication information included in the M pieces of second high-level parameters are all the first preset values, indicating that the N pieces of first uplink information are combined with the M pieces of second uplink information. information is multiplexed.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to determine, according to the values of all the first indication information and all the second indication information, when the priority is not differentiated and both are scheduled by high-level parameters. Whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can ensure the accuracy of the indication.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to determine whether to perform multiplexing transmission according to the acquired values of all the indication information. Since all the values of the indication information are used for indication, the result of the indication can be more accurate.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, including a unit or means for executing the method shown in the first aspect.
  • the terminal device may include: a transceiver module configured to acquire N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on the first uplink channel;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to acquire M pieces of second indication information, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel;
  • the processing module for determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information; wherein,
  • the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap in time domain; N and M are both integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information , determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, the processing unit is specifically configured to: according to some or all of the N pieces of first indication information The first indication information determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information.
  • One piece of first indication information determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the first indication pieces of the N pieces of first indication information
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine, according to the first indication information included in the third downlink control information, whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, wherein , the third downlink control information is the first downlink control information received by the terminal device last among the N pieces of first downlink control information.
  • the a processing unit which is specifically configured to: when the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is a first preset value, determine to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information use transmission.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information.
  • One piece of first indication information determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the first indication pieces of the N pieces of first indication information.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all a first preset value, determine to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information information is multiplexed.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are configured through N pieces of first higher layer parameters, and each first higher layer parameter includes one first indication in the N pieces of the first indication information information; in terms of determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information, the a processing unit, specifically configured to: when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all a first preset value, determine to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information transmission.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N pieces of first higher layer parameters
  • the Z pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by means of Z pieces of second uplink information
  • each first high-layer parameter includes a first indication information
  • each second downlink control information includes a second indication information
  • Z is less than or equal to M
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: according to Part or all of the second indication information in the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the Z pieces of second downlink control information is used to determine whether to complex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information. use transmission.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel.
  • L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through L pieces of first downlink control information, and R pieces of the M pieces of second uplink information
  • the second uplink information is scheduled through R pieces of second downlink control information, where L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M; N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the channel and/or M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the second uplink channel, to determine whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information;
  • the fifth downlink control information is the last downlink control information received by the terminal device in the L pieces of first downlink control information and the R pieces of second downlink control information, and the third indication information is the first downlink control information.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N first layer parameters
  • the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by M second layer parameters
  • each The first high-layer parameter includes a first indication information
  • each second high-layer parameter includes a second indication information
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the N pieces of first uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted
  • the values of the N pieces of first indication information included in the high-level parameters are all first preset values
  • the values of the M pieces of second indication information included in the M second high-layer parameters are all the first preset values.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all a first preset value, and the The values of the M pieces of second indication information are all the first preset values, and it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including a unit or means for executing the method shown in the second aspect.
  • the network device may include: a transceiver module and a processing module; the processing module is configured to control the transceiver module to send N pieces of first indication information, the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first uplink information, and the The N pieces of first uplink information are carried on the first uplink channel; the processing module is further configured to control the transceiver module to send M pieces of second indication information, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, The M pieces of second uplink information are carried on a second uplink channel; wherein, the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information are used to indicate whether to use the N pieces of first uplink information Perform multiplexing and transmission with the M pieces of second uplink information; the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the time domain of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap; Both N and M are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel; part or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information is used to indicate whether The N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information.
  • a first indication message ;
  • the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, wherein the third downlink control information is the Among the N pieces of first downlink control information, the last received first downlink control information by the terminal device.
  • the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is a first preset value, which is used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are to be performed. Multiplex transmission.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information.
  • One piece of first indication information; the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted .
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are configured through N pieces of first higher layer parameters, and each first higher layer parameter includes one first indication in the N pieces of the first indication information information; the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N pieces of first higher layer parameters
  • the Z pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by means of Z pieces of second uplink information
  • the downlink control information is scheduled, wherein each first high-level parameter includes a first indication information, each second downlink control information includes a second indication information, and Z is less than or equal to M; the Z second downlink control information Some or all of the second indication information in the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel.
  • L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through L pieces of first downlink control information, and R pieces of the M pieces of second uplink information The second uplink information is scheduled through the R second downlink control information, where L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M;
  • the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; wherein, the fifth downlink control information is L
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N first layer parameters
  • the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by M second layer parameters
  • each The first high layer parameter includes a first indication information
  • each second high layer parameter includes a second indication information
  • the values of the N first indication information included in the N first high layer parameters are all first preset values
  • the values of the M pieces of second indication information included in the M pieces of second high-level parameters are all the first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second The uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, the memory is used for storing a computer program, and the processor is used for executing the computer program stored in the memory, So that the apparatus performs the method performed by the terminal device as in the above-mentioned first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, the memory is used for storing a computer program, and the processor is used for executing the computer program stored in the memory, so that the apparatus performs the method performed by the network device as in the above-mentioned second aspect.
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed, the method performed by the terminal device in the above aspects is executed.
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed, the method performed by the network device in the above aspects is executed.
  • the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor for implementing the functions of the terminal device in the methods of the above aspects.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor for implementing the functions of the network device in the methods of the above aspects.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, the method executed by the terminal device in the above aspects is implemented.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, the method executed by the network device in the above aspects is implemented.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of multiplexing of uplink information according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for uplink transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of determining whether a timing relationship is satisfied, according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic diagram of determining whether a timing relationship is satisfied, provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems.
  • the terminal equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application may be user equipment (User Equipment, UE).
  • the UE may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, and may include, for example, a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the UE may communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the UE may include wireless user equipment, mobile user equipment, device-to-device (D2D) user equipment, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) user equipment, machine-to-machine/machine-type communication ( machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC) user equipment, Internet of things (IoT) user equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station) , remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • it may include mobile telephones (or "cellular" telephones), computers with mobile user equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-embedded mobile devices, and the like.
  • mobile telephones or "cellular" telephones
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • constrained devices such as devices with lower power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power, etc.
  • it includes information sensing devices such as barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), and laser scanners.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • the UE may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. Wait.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the various UEs described above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as on-board user equipment, and the on-board user equipment is also called an on-board unit (OBU). , which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • OBU on-board unit
  • the embodiments of the present application also relate to network devices, which may be, for example, access network (Access network, AN) devices.
  • the AN device may refer to a device in the access network that communicates with the wireless user equipment through one or more cells over the air interface, such as a base station NodeB (eg, an access point), where the NodeB can be used to compare received air frames with Internet Protocol (IP) packets are interconverted as routers between the UE and the rest of the access network, which may include IP networks and.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the NodeB may be an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system or long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A) system, Alternatively, it may also include a new air interface network device gNB in the 5th generation (the 5th generation, 5G) NR system.
  • the AN device may also be a vehicle-to-everything (Vehicle to Everything, V2X) technology.
  • the access network device is a road side unit (RSU).
  • the RSU may be a fixed infrastructure entity supporting V2X applications, and may exchange messages with other entities supporting V2X applications.
  • the AN device may further include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in a cloud radio access network (CloudRAN) system.
  • the AN device coordinates the Attribute management of air interface. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the AN device.
  • the division of physical layer priorities is introduced, and the uplink information can be classified according to the corresponding service type. It is divided into high priority (HP) uplink information or low priority (Low priority, LP) uplink information.
  • the uplink channel carrying uplink information can also be divided into high priority uplink channel and low priority. the upstream channel.
  • the uplink information carried in the PUCCH and PUSCH can be directly multiplexed and transmitted; If uplink channels with different priorities overlap, multiplexing and transmission of the carried uplink information is not allowed. It is necessary to abandon the uplink information carried by the low-priority uplink channels at the overlapping time domain resource positions, and only transmit the high-priority uplink information. Uplink information carried by the uplink channel. However, if the transmission of the low-priority uplink channel does not affect the transmission of the high-priority uplink channel, and the multiplexing transmission is directly abandoned, the transmission efficiency of the low-priority uplink channel will be affected. On the contrary, if the multiplexing transmission is performed directly, it may bring transmission delay to the transmission of the high-priority uplink channel, reduce the transmission efficiency, and affect the reliability of its transmission.
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • the uplink information carried in one uplink channel in this application has the same physical layer priority, so the priority of the uplink channel can be represented by the priority of the uplink information carried by the uplink channel.
  • the different priorities of the uplink channels also refer to the different priorities of the uplink information carried by the uplink channels.
  • the priority of uplink channel #1 is higher than the priority of uplink channel #2, which is equivalent to that the priority of uplink information #1 carried by uplink channel #1 is higher than the priority of uplink information #2 carried by uplink channel #2 class. That is to say, uplink channels of different priorities or uplink information carried by uplink channels of different priorities have a priority order, that is, uplink information of high priority and uplink information of low priority are included.
  • the first PUCCH (PUCCH1) is the HP PUCCH
  • the second PUCCH (PUCCH2) is the LP PUCCH
  • the LP uplink control information (UCI) carried by the LP PUCCH can be multiplexed with the HP UCI carried in the HP PUCCH
  • the joint uplink control information (joint UCI) can be carried in the first
  • the transmission on the three PUCCHs (PUCCH3) does not bring delay to the transmission of the HP UCI carried by the HP PUCCH.
  • the transmission efficiency of the LP UCI carried by the LP PUCCH will be affected. As shown in the right figure in Figure 1, there may be no idle time domain resources before the HP UCI carried by the HP PUCCH is transmitted. At this time, the LP UCI carried by the LP PUCCH and the HP UCI carried by the HP PUCCH are multiplexed on PUCCH3 Transmission, the end time of multiplex transmission is greater than the end time of HP PUCCH. Therefore, if the uplink information carried by the LP PUCCH and the HP PUCCH is directly multiplexed and transmitted, it will bring a delay to the transmission of the HP UCI carried by the HP PUCCH and affect the transmission efficiency of the HP service.
  • the terminal equipment performs multiplexing transmission or abandons multiplexing transmission in a relatively simple manner, which affects the transmission efficiency.
  • Uplink channels include PUCCH and PUSCH.
  • the PUCCH is used to carry the uplink control information UCI
  • the PUSCH is used to carry the uplink control information UCI and/or data data.
  • UCI includes at least one of the following:
  • Periodic Periodic
  • SP Semi-Persistent
  • Aperiodic Aperiodic
  • Scheduling Request Scheduling Request, SR
  • BFR Beam Failure Recovery
  • the scheduling methods of uplink information include the following three types: downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) scheduling, high-level parameter configuration, and high-level parameter configuration, but requires DCI activation.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the uplink information includes at least one of the following:
  • the uplink information includes at least one of the following:
  • the corresponding high-level parameter is the PUCCH resource configuration parameter of the SR
  • the corresponding high-level parameter is the PUCCH resource configuration parameter of the BFR;
  • the data carried in the Type-1 CG PUSCH, the Type-1 CG PUSCH is the first type (Type-1) in the Configured Grant (CG)-PUSCH, and the corresponding high-level parameters are the Type-1 CG configuration parameters.
  • the uplink information includes at least one of the following:
  • the data carried in the Type-2 CG PUSCH, the Type-2 CG PUSCH is the first type (Type-2) in the CG-PUSCH, and the corresponding high-level parameters are the Type-2 CG configuration parameters;
  • SP-CSI on PUSCH the corresponding high-level parameters are SP CSI report configuration parameters
  • the corresponding high-level parameter is the SPS configuration parameter, that is, SPS Config.
  • HARQ-ACK of PDSCH scheduled by DCI The network device indicates the priority of HARQ-ACK by adding a 1-bit priority indicator field in the DCI;
  • HARQ-ACK of SPS-PDSCH The network device indicates the priority of SPS-PDSCH by adding 1bit priority Indicator to the SPS configuration parameter (ie, SPS Config);
  • the SPS PDSCH is activated through DCI, and the DCI used for activation also has a 1-bit priority indictor field, but this field is automatically invalid and will not rewrite the priority indicated in the SPS Config.
  • SR or BFR The network device indicates the priority of the SR or BFR by adding a 1bit priority Indicator parameter to the radio resource control parameter of the PUCCH resource corresponding to the SR or BFR;
  • CSI on PUCCH For P-CSI and SP-CSI, the default is low priority; for A-CSI on PUCCH, the network device indicates the priority by triggering 1bit priority indicator in the DCI of the A-CSI. Priority of level A-CSI.
  • PUSCH scheduled by DCI referred to as GB (Grant-based)-PUSCH:
  • the network device indicates the priority of GB-PUSCH by adding a 1-bit priority indicator field to the DCI.
  • CG-PUSCH The network device indicates the priority by adding a 1bit priority Indicator parameter to the CG configuration information (CG Config).
  • CG PUSCH is divided into 2 types, Type-1 CG PUSCH and Type-2 CG PUSCH, Type-1 CG PUSCH is completely configured and transmitted by RRC parameters, Type-2 CG PUSCH is activated through DCI, this activation DCI in There is also a 1-bit priority indictor field, but this field is automatically invalid and will not overwrite the priority indicated in CG Config.
  • the network device indicates the priority of GB-PUSCH by adding a 1-bit priority indicator field to the DCI that triggers SP-CSI or A-CSI.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 10 includes a terminal device 100 and a network device 200 .
  • the terminal device 100 acquires first indication information, the first indication information corresponds to N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on the first uplink channel;
  • the terminal device 100 also acquires M pieces of second indication information, the M pieces of first uplink information are
  • the pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel;
  • the terminal device 100 determines whether the N pieces of first uplink information and/or the M pieces of second indication information Multiplexing and transmitting the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; wherein, the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel have different priorities.
  • the channels overlap in time domain, and the overlapping time domain resource is
  • the first indication information may be included in the first DCI or the first high-layer parameter sent by the network device 200 to the terminal device 100, where the first DCI is used to schedule the transmission of the first uplink information, so
  • the first higher layer parameter is used to configure the transmission of the first uplink information, and may be radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling.
  • the first indication information corresponding to a piece of first uplink information is used to indicate whether the uplink information can be multiplexed and transmitted with uplink information of different priorities.
  • the second indication information may be included in the second DCI or the second higher layer parameter sent by the network device 200 to the terminal device 100, where the second DCI is used to schedule the transmission of the second uplink information, so
  • the second higher layer parameter is used to configure the transmission of the second uplink information, and may be RRC signaling.
  • the second indication information corresponding to a piece of second uplink information is used to indicate whether the uplink information can be multiplexed and transmitted with uplink information of different priorities.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel is the priority of the N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information have the same priority.
  • the priority of the second uplink channel is the priority of the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information have the same priority.
  • the priority refers to a physical layer priority, which is used to implicitly indicate a service type corresponding to the uplink information or a service delay or reliability requirement.
  • the time domain of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap, which means that the time domain resources of the first uplink channel and the time domain resources of the second uplink channel include at least one same time unit, and the Time units may be slots and/or symbols.
  • the time domain resources of the first uplink channel are symbols #1 to #6 in time slot #3
  • the time domain resources of the second uplink channel are symbols #4 to #9 in time slot #3
  • the time unit is a symbol
  • the same time units included in the two are symbols #4 to #6 in time slot #3.
  • the overlapping time domain resources that is, the first time domain resources, correspond to symbols #4 to #6 in time slot #3.
  • the terminal device 100 determines that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, then the Nth first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, This includes multiplexing the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, and sending the multiplexed joint uplink information to the network device 200 on the third uplink channel.
  • the third upstream channel may be one of the first upstream channel or the second upstream channel, or may be another upstream channel different from the first upstream channel and the second upstream channel.
  • the determination method of the third uplink channel may be any determination method, which is not particularly limited in this application.
  • the terminal device 100 determines that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted, the terminal device 100 sends the first time-domain resource location to the network device 200 to transmit the first link carried by the first uplink channel to the network device 200.
  • Uplink information and give up sending the second uplink channel to the network device 200 at the first time domain resource position, where the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than that of the second uplink channel.
  • giving up sending the second uplink channel to the network device 200 at the first time domain resource location may also mean not sending the second uplink channel at the first time domain resource location or canceling the sending of the second uplink channel. .
  • discarding/not sending/cancelling sending the second uplink channel at the first time domain resource position, including part or all of the second uplink information originally carried on the first time domain resource and the second uplink channel will also be used.
  • Discard send/don't send/cancel send will also be used.
  • the terminal device 200 determines whether it can be Multiplexing and transmitting N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information, instead of simply performing multiplexing transmission directly or abandoning multiplexing transmission, thereby improving the process of multiplexing transmission or abandoning multiplexing transmission for terminal equipment
  • the flexibility in the network can not only prevent multiplexing from affecting the delay and reliability of high-priority service transmission, but also improve the transmission efficiency of low-priority services.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for uplink transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes the following steps:
  • a terminal device acquires N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on a first uplink channel.
  • the first uplink channel includes the first PUCCH or the first PUSCH.
  • Each of the N pieces of first uplink information may be a first UCI or data (data).
  • the first UCI includes at least one of the following: HARQ-ACK, P-CSI, SP-CSI, A-CSI, SR, and BFR.
  • the network device is scheduled by DCI, (2) configured by high-level parameters, and (3) configured by high-level parameters, but DCI activation is required. Therefore, the N pieces of first uplink information may be obtained by the network device performing scheduling through one or more of the above three scheduling methods, and each scheduling method will include the first indication information; The device obtains the N pieces of first indication information for the scheduling mode of the N pieces of first uplink information.
  • the first indication information included in the DCI may be the first indication information included in the DCI used during activation, or the first indication included in the high-level configuration parameters. information, not limited here. That is to say, in the following description, “the network device is scheduled by DCI” includes “the network device is scheduled by the DCI” and/or “the network device is configured by high-level parameters, but requires DCI activation”, and “the network device is configured by high-level parameters” includes “ The network device is configured by high-level parameters” and/or "The network device is configured by high-level parameters, but requires DCI activation".
  • Scenario 1 The N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled by the network device through the N pieces of first DCI.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are all scheduled by the network device through the N pieces of first DCI, where each first DCI includes one piece of first indication information.
  • each first DCI includes one piece of first indication information.
  • a field may be added to each first DCI, and the first indication information may be carried by the field; or, an existing field in each first DCI may be multiplexed, and the first indication information may be carried by the field.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate whether the uplink information scheduled by the DCI can be multiplexed with uplink information of different priorities. Therefore, the terminal device can obtain the N first indication information by parsing a new or existing field in each first DCI.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are all configured by the network device through N pieces of first higher layer parameters, where each first higher layer parameter includes one piece of first indication information.
  • each first higher layer parameter includes one piece of first indication information.
  • a field may be added to each first high-level parameter, and the first indication information may be carried by the field.
  • an existing field in each of the first high-layer parameters may be multiplexed, and the first indication information may be carried by the field. Therefore, the terminal device can obtain the N pieces of first indication information by parsing a new or existing field in each first high-level parameter.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate whether the uplink information carried by the uplink channel configured by the high layer parameter can be multiplexed with uplink information of different priorities.
  • the high-level parameter may be RRC signaling
  • a field included in the high-level parameter may be an information element (Information element) in the RRC signaling.
  • a part of the first uplink information in the N first uplinks is scheduled by the network device through the X first DCIs, wherein each first DCI includes a first indication information; the other part of the first uplink information, that is, the Y first uplink information, is configured by the network device through the Y first upper layer parameters.
  • the method for obtaining the X pieces of first indication information is similar to the method for obtaining the first indication information in the above situation 1, and the method for obtaining the Y pieces of first indication information for the Y pieces of first uplink information is the same as the method for obtaining the first indication information in the above situation 2.
  • the method for obtaining the indication information is similar, and the description is not described here.
  • the first uplink channel is PUCCH
  • part of the first uplink information carried by it may be the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH scheduled by the network device through the first DCI
  • the rest of the first uplink information may be the network device through the first high layer parameter HARQ-ACK or SR or CSI of the configured SPS PDSCH
  • a part of the first uplink information may be the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH scheduled by the network device through the first DCI
  • the rest of the first uplink information may be the network device through the first Data carried by Type-1 CG PUSCH configured by high-level parameters.
  • the terminal device acquires M pieces of second indication information, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel.
  • the priorities of the first upstream channel and the second upstream channel are different, that is, one of the first upstream channel and the second upstream channel is a high-priority upstream channel, and the other is a low-priority upstream channel.
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap in time domain, that is, there is an overlapping part between the time domain resource corresponding to the first uplink channel and the time domain resource corresponding to the second uplink channel, and the overlapping time domain
  • the domain resource is the first time domain resource.
  • the second uplink channel includes a second PUCCH or a second PUSCH.
  • Each of the N pieces of second uplink information may be second UCI or data.
  • the second UCI includes at least one of the following: HARQ-ACK, P-CSI, SP-CSI, A-CSI, SR, and BFR.
  • the scheduling manner of the M pieces of second uplink information is similar to the scheduling manner of the above N pieces of first uplink information, and will not be described again.
  • the second indication information is indicated by a field in the second DCI
  • the second indication information is used to indicate whether the uplink information scheduled by the second DCI can be multiplexed with uplink information of different priorities.
  • the second indication information is indicated by a field in the second high layer parameter, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the uplink information carried by the uplink channel configured by the second high layer parameter can be multiplexed with uplink information of different priorities.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel is the priority of the N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information have the same priority.
  • the priority of the second uplink channel is the priority of the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information have the same priority.
  • the priority of the uplink channel refers to the physical layer priority, which is used to implicitly indicate the service type corresponding to the uplink information carried by the uplink channel or the time delay or reliability requirement of the service.
  • step 302 may not be performed.
  • the terminal device when the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, the terminal device only determines whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information only according to the N pieces of first indication information.
  • the uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device does not need to acquire M pieces of second indication information. That is to say, in some methods, the terminal device only needs to acquire the indication information (first indication information or second indication information) corresponding to the uplink information of high priority, and does not need to acquire the indication information corresponding to uplink information of low priority.
  • the obtaining of the N pieces of first indication information includes: receiving the N pieces of first indication information from a network device.
  • obtaining the M pieces of second indication information includes: receiving the M pieces of second indication information from a network device.
  • the terminal device may receive DCI or high-layer parameters including the M pieces of second indication information, but not acquire the M pieces of second indication information from the DCI or high-layer parameters, or That is, the M pieces of second indication information are not used.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information, whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • Each first indication information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the corresponding first uplink information and uplink information of different priorities; each second indication information is used to indicate whether to combine the corresponding second uplink information with different priorities
  • the uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted. Therefore, the terminal device may determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information.
  • the terminal device may multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, For example, the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can be multiplexed on the third uplink channel for joint transmission; when it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be
  • the terminal device can send the uplink information carried by the high-priority uplink channel to the network device at the first time-domain resource location, and give up sending the low-priority uplink information to the network device at the first time-domain resource location.
  • Uplink information carried by the channel when it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted, the uplink information carried by the low-priority uplink channel may be discarded at the first time domain resource position. For transmission, only the uplink information carried by the high-priority uplink channel is transmitted, and the description will not be repeated.
  • the following examples 1 to 4 provide several ways of how to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. It can be understood that the following examples are not enough to set any limitation to the present application.
  • Example 1 The terminal device determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the indication information corresponding to the high-priority uplink channel.
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the first uplink channel and the priority of the second uplink channel.
  • the terminal device even if the terminal device receives the indication information corresponding to the low-priority uplink channel, it only determines whether to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of information based on the indication information corresponding to the high-priority uplink channel
  • the second uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted.
  • each uplink information corresponds to a priority indicator field. Therefore, the terminal device may determine the priority of each first uplink information according to the priority indicator field corresponding to each first uplink information, and assign one or more of the N pieces of first uplink information to the priority of each first uplink information. A priority of the uplink information, as the priority of the first uplink channel. Likewise, the terminal device may use the priority of one or more pieces of second uplink information among the M pieces of second uplink information as the priority of the second uplink channel.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel as an example for description.
  • the situation where the priority of the second uplink channel is higher than the priority of the first uplink channel is similar to that of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, and the description will not be repeated.
  • determining (whether) to perform multiplexing transmission described in this application may mean “determining (whether) multiplexing the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • Use transmission or “determine (whether) to multiplex and transmit the first uplink information and the second uplink information” or “determine (whether) to perform multiplex transmission of the uplink information” and other similar meanings, which will not be repeated.
  • the case where the N first uplink information is scheduled by the N first DCIs may include the following manners. It should be understood that the following scheduling methods do not limit the present application.
  • the first uplink channel is the first PUCCH that carries HARQ-ACK
  • the first PUCCH carries HARQ-ACK information corresponding to N first PDSCHs
  • the N first PDSCHs are scheduled by N first DCIs, each of which is scheduled by N first DCIs.
  • the first DCI includes a piece of first indication information, and each first indication information is used to indicate whether the HARQ-ACK of the first PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI corresponding to the first indication information can be processed with uplink information of different priorities. Multiplex transmission.
  • the first uplink channel is the first PUCCH that carries HARQ-ACK and A-CSI
  • the first PUCCH carries HARQ-ACK information corresponding to N1 first PDSCHs and N2 A-CSI information
  • the N1 The first PDSCH is scheduled by N1 first DCIs
  • the N2 A-CSIs are scheduled by N2 first DCIs
  • each first DCI includes one first indication information, which is used to indicate the first DCI scheduled by the first DCI.
  • the N2 first DCIs may be different DCIs from the N1 first DCIs, or may be the same DCI, which is not limited in this application.
  • N2 N-N1 first DCIs
  • Each first DCI contains a piece of first indication information, and each first indication information is used for whether the data or HARQ-ACK scheduled by the first DCI corresponding to the first indication information can be performed with uplink information of different priorities. Multiplex transmission.
  • the terminal device can be based on the N pieces of first indication information. part or all of the first indication information, and determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the following 1.1.1-1.1.2 are examples of how to determine whether to perform multiplexing transmission according to the first indication information in the embodiment of 1.1.
  • the terminal device may, according to the No. An indication message for determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the third downlink control information is the first DCI received by the terminal device last among the N first DCIs.
  • the network device When the network device schedules the N pieces of first uplink information through the N pieces of first DCI, it will send the N pieces of first DCI to the terminal device at multiple pre-configured time domain locations, and the terminal device will send the N pieces of first DCI information at the multiple time domain locations
  • the N first DCIs sent by the network device are blindly detected. Therefore, the last received first DCI is the last blindly detected first DCI by the terminal device.
  • the blind detection of DCI means that the terminal device needs to attempt to receive DCI at multiple candidate positions (eg, frequency domain positions) of each receiving time domain position, and assume different DCI formats (corresponding to different load sizes) for decoding.
  • cyclic redundancy check Cyclic Redundancy Check, CRC
  • CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
  • a network device may send multiple DCIs at one time domain location.
  • the terminal device may finally blindly detect multiple first DCIs.
  • the terminal device may take the target first DCI among the plurality of first DCIs blindly detected last as the last first DCI, and the first indication included in the target first DCI
  • the terminal device determines to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the target first DCI may be the first DCI with the largest carrier number among a plurality of first DCIs that are blindly detected last by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may regard the multiple first DCIs blindly detected last as the third DCI, and only if multiple first indication information included in the multiple first DCIs indicates that the When performing multiplexing and transmission with uplink information of different priorities, the terminal device determines to perform multiplexing and transmission of the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the value of the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is a first preset value
  • it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted such as , when the indication information is carried by adding a field in the DCI, when the value of the field is 1, that is, when the value of the first indication information is 1, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information are combined with M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted; when the value of the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is not the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information cannot be combined with the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted. For example, when the value of the first indication information is 0, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device only needs to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the last received first DCI, and does not need to pay attention to other first DCIs.
  • the network device can only pay attention to the last first DCI, and the indication method is more flexible; in addition, from the time domain point of view , the time domain position of the first DCI last received by the terminal device is generally also a DCI closest to the start position of the first uplink channel, and the indication result in the first DCI is used to determine whether the N pieces of first uplink information can be combined with It is also more accurate to multiplex and transmit the M pieces of second uplink information; moreover, the network device can use this first DCI to indicate, and can also adjust and correct the first DCI with an indication error, which improves the accuracy of the indication process of the network device. fault tolerance.
  • the values of the N pieces of first indication information are completely the same and all are the first preset values, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted;
  • the N pieces of first indication information has a value other than the first preset value, it is determined that multiplexing and transmission of the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information is not allowed.
  • the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all 1, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the network device sends the first DCI at the last time domain position, it does not guarantee that the terminal device can successfully blindly detect the first DCI, and there will be a first DCI included in the last first DCI.
  • a problem that indicates information loss The terminal device determines whether to multiplex and transmit N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information according to the values of the first indication information included in all the received first DCIs, even if the last first DCI is lost. In this case, it can still be accurately determined whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the terminal device does not expect the first indication information contained in the N first DCIs to have different values.
  • the terminal device determines whether to compare the N first uplink information with the M first indication information according to the N first indication information. Multiplexing and transmitting the two uplink information is equivalent to determining whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information according to the value of any one of the N pieces of first indication information For transmission, as long as the value of the first indication information is the first preset value, it can be determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N pieces of first high-layer parameters may include the following configuration modes. It should be understood that the following configuration manners do not limit the present application.
  • the high-level configuration parameter includes a first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the data carried by the CG PUSCH configured by the high-level parameter can be multiplexed and transmitted with uplink information of different priorities.
  • the first uplink channel is the first CG PUSCH that carries data and SPS PDSCH corresponding to HARQ-ACK
  • the data carried by the first uplink channel corresponds to a CG PUSCH high-level configuration parameter (first high-level parameter)
  • each first high-level parameter includes a first indication information, and the first indication information is used.
  • Indicates whether the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the data carried by the CG PUSCH or the SPS PDSCH configured by the first higher layer parameter can be multiplexed and transmitted with uplink information of different priorities.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the N pieces of first indication information included in the N pieces of first high-layer parameters.
  • the N pieces of first indication information are completely the same or the values are completely the same and all are the first preset values, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are performed. Multiplex transmission; otherwise, it is determined that multiplex transmission of the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information is not allowed.
  • the terminal device will combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of first uplink information.
  • the two uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted, so that the process of multiplexing and transmitting the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information is more accurate.
  • the terminal device does not expect the first indication information contained in the N first high-layer parameters to have different values.
  • the terminal device determines whether to compare the N first uplink information with the M first indication information according to the N first indication information.
  • the multiplexing and transmission of the second uplink information is equivalent to determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to any one of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information, As long as the value of the first indication information is the first preset value, it can be determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the case where the N pieces of first uplink information are both scheduled by the first DCI and configured with the first high-layer parameters may include the following manners. It should be understood that the following manners do not limit the present application.
  • the X pieces of first uplink information are HARQ-ACKs of the first PDSCH scheduled by the X first DCIs, and the remaining Y pieces of first uplink information are the HARQs of the Y SPS PDSCHs configured by the Y first high-level parameters. -ACK.
  • the terminal device may preferentially determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the first indication information included in the first DCI. Therefore, the terminal device may determine whether to complex the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the first indication information in the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first uplink information. use transmission.
  • the terminal device determines whether to multiplex and transmit N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the first indication information in the X pieces of first indication information, see 1.1.
  • the implementation methods in 1 and 1.1.2 will not be repeated.
  • the terminal device may also determine whether to convert the N first indication information according to the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first downlink control information and the Y pieces of first indication information respectively included in the Y pieces of first high-level parameters
  • the uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted; otherwise, the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed. transmission.
  • the terminal device does not expect the N pieces of first indication information to have different values.
  • the terminal device determines whether to perform multiplexing of the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information according to the N pieces of first indication information.
  • Using transmission is equivalent to determining whether to multiplex and transmit N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information according to any one of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information, as long as the first indication information is the first preset value, then it can be determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  • both the first indication information included in the first DCI and the first indication information included in the first high-layer parameter are considered, thereby improving the accuracy of the determination result and further improving the transmission efficiency.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through the N pieces of first DCI, the N pieces of first high-layer parameter configuration, or the N pieces of first uplink information.
  • a part is scheduled by the first DCI, and the rest is configured by the first high-level parameter.
  • the types of uplink information scheduled by different first DCIs or the types of uplink information configured by different first higher layer parameters may be different. Therefore, the types of the N pieces of first uplink information can be divided into P types, and each type includes one or more pieces of first uplink information.
  • the terminal device may determine the first type of first uplink information according to the preset priorities among the P types of first uplink information, and determine the first type of first uplink information according to the first DCI or the first type of first uplink information corresponding to the first type of first uplink information.
  • the first indication information included in a high layer parameter determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the preset priority may be a priority among multiple uplink information types preconfigured by the network device. For example, data>UCI, or, HARQ-ACK>CSI/SR, or, A-CSI>SPS PDSCH HRAQ-ACK/SR.
  • the pre-configured priorities of the network devices mentioned later are similar to this and will not be repeated.
  • the above-mentioned priority preset according to the type of uplink information may be referred to as a type priority.
  • the first type of first uplink information may be the first uplink information with the highest priority among the P types of first uplink information, or the first uplink information with the lowest priority, which this application does not apply. Do limit.
  • this embodiment can have different combination modes with different situations in Example 1.
  • the so-called combination is the combination of this embodiment and Example 1 in the execution order.
  • the terminal device determines N1 pieces of first indication information from the N pieces of first indication information according to the method described in Example 1, and uses the N1 pieces of first indication information to determine whether it is possible to duplicate the information. use transmission; then according to the type priority, determine N2 first type of first uplink information from the N1 first uplink information corresponding to the N1 first indication information; then, according to the N2 first type of uplink information corresponding The first indication information is determined, and whether the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can be multiplexed is determined, and the determination method is similar to the method in Example 1. Among them, N2 is less than or equal to N1, and N1 is less than or equal to N.
  • the terminal device first determines that the first indication information included in the last received first DCI corresponding to the high-priority uplink channel is used to judge whether to perform multiplexing transmission; when the first DCI corresponds to more When there are pieces of first uplink information, the first uplink information of the first type in the plurality of first uplink information is determined according to the type priority of the plurality of first uplink information; the terminal device determines the first uplink information of the first type according to the determined first uplink information. The first indication information corresponding to the first uplink information of the type determines whether to perform multiplexing transmission.
  • the terminal device first determines that the N pieces of first indication information included in the N pieces of first DCI corresponding to the high-priority uplink channel are used for judging to perform multiplexing transmission; and then, according to the type priority, N1 pieces of uplink information of the first type are determined from the N pieces of first uplink information; then, the terminal device determines whether to perform multiplexing according to the N1 pieces of first indication information corresponding to the determined N1 pieces of first type of first uplink information transmission. For example, when the values of the N1 pieces of first indication information are all the first preset values, it is determined that multiplexing transmission can be performed; otherwise, it is determined that multiplexing transmission cannot be performed.
  • the terminal device first determines the N pieces of first indication information configured with the N first layer parameters corresponding to the uplink channel with high priority to be used for judging to perform multiplexing transmission; and then, according to the type priority, from N1 pieces of uplink information of the first type are determined from the N pieces of first uplink information; then, the terminal device determines whether to perform multiplexing transmission according to the N1 pieces of first indication information corresponding to the determined N1 pieces of first type of first uplink information . For example, when the values of the N1 pieces of first indication information are all the first preset values, it is determined that multiplexing transmission can be performed; otherwise, it is determined that multiplexing transmission cannot be performed.
  • the terminal device may first determine that the X pieces of first indication information included in the X pieces of first DCI corresponding to the high-priority uplink channel are used for judging to perform multiplexing transmission; and then, according to the type priority, from the X pieces of first uplink information N1 pieces of uplink information of the first type are determined; then, the terminal device determines whether to perform multiplexing transmission according to the N1 pieces of first indication information corresponding to the determined N1 pieces of first type of first uplink information. For example, when the values of the N1 pieces of first indication information are all the first preset values, it is determined that multiplexing transmission can be performed; otherwise, it is determined that multiplexing transmission cannot be performed.
  • the terminal device first determines, according to the type priority, that N2 pieces of first uplink information of the first type are among the N pieces of first uplink information, and N2 is less than or equal to N; and then, The terminal device uses a method similar to that in Example 1, using part or all of the first indication information in N2 to perform multiplexing and transmission judgment.
  • the last received first indication information in the first DCI performs multiplexing and transmission judgment, or, as shown in 1.1.2, the terminal device may, according to the N2 pieces of first indication information corresponding to the N2 pieces of uplink information of the first type, Determines whether to multiplex transmission.
  • Example 2 The priorities of the first uplink channel and the second channel are not distinguished, but it is determined whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the indication information included in the DCI.
  • part or all of the uplink information carried by one uplink channel is scheduled by DCI
  • the case where all the uplink information carried by another uplink channel is configured by high-level parameters may include the following methods. It should be understood that the following methods are described by taking as an example that part or all of the uplink information carried by the first uplink channel is scheduled by DCI, and all the uplink information carried by the second uplink channel is configured by high-level parameters, which does not constitute a limitation to the present application.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are HARQ-ACKs of the N first PDSCHs scheduled by the N first DCIs
  • the M pieces of second uplink information are corresponding to the M SPS PDSCHs configured by the M second higher layer parameters.
  • HARQ-ACK and/or M 1 SRs.
  • the terminal device determines Whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can be determined according to the first indication information included in the first DCI of the scheduled first uplink information. For details, see 1.1 According to the first The description of whether the indication information determines whether to perform multiplexing transmission will not be repeated.
  • Z pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are scheduled through Z pieces of second DCI, wherein each second DCI includes a piece of second indication information; Part or all of the second indication information in the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the DCI determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information, where Z is less than or equal to M.
  • the terminal device determines whether to multiplex and transmit N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the second indication information in the Z pieces of second indication information, please refer to 1.1.
  • the implementation methods in 1 and 1.1.2 will not be repeated.
  • the uplink information carried by the two uplink channels both has the uplink information scheduled by the DCI. It should be understood that the following manners do not limit the present application.
  • the L pieces of first uplink information are HARQ-ACKs of the L first PDSCHs scheduled through the L first DCIs
  • the R second uplink pieces of information are the HARQ-ACKs of the R second PDSCHs scheduled through the R second DCIs.
  • the L pieces of first uplink information are HARQ-ACKs of the L first PDSCHs scheduled through the L first DCIs
  • the terminal device can Part or all of the control information and the R pieces of second downlink control information is used to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information; wherein the The fifth downlink control information is the last downlink control information received by the terminal device in the L pieces of first downlink control information and the R pieces of second downlink control information, when the fifth downlink control information is the L pieces of first downlink control information
  • the third indication information is a first indication information or when the fifth downlink control information is the last received downlink control information in the R second downlink control information, the three The indication information is a second indication information.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the L pieces of first indication information and the R pieces of second indication information. For example, when the L pieces of first indication information included in the L pieces of first downlink control information and the R pieces of second indication information included in the R pieces of first downlink control information have the same value (or the same value and are the first preset value), the terminal device determines to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; otherwise, the terminal device determines that the N pieces of first uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted. The information is multiplexed and transmitted with the M pieces of second uplink information.
  • the terminal device does not expect the L pieces of first indication information and the R pieces of second indication information to have different values, and determines whether to use the N pieces of first indication information and the R pieces of second indication information according to the L pieces of first indication information and the R pieces of second indication information.
  • Multiplexing and transmitting the pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information is equivalent to determining whether to transmit the N pieces of first indication information according to any one of the L pieces of first indication information and the R pieces of second indication information
  • the pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, as long as the value of the first indication information is the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of The second uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N first-layer parameters
  • the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by M second-layer parameters
  • each first-layer The parameters include a first indication information
  • each second higher layer parameter includes a second indication information.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the N pieces of first indication information and the M pieces of second indication information.
  • the terminal device determines to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of The second uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted; otherwise, the terminal device determines that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device can determine the first type of uplink information according to the type priority of the uplink information preconfigured by the network device; , and it is preferentially determined whether to perform multiplexing transmission according to the indication information included in the DCI.
  • This embodiment can have different combinations with different situations in Example 2. For example, there are several combinations as follows.
  • the so-called combination is the combination of this embodiment and Example 2 in the execution order.
  • the terminal device may first determine according to Example 2 that it needs to determine whether multiplexing transmission can be performed according to L2 first indication information and/or R2 second indication information, where L2 is greater than or equal to zero, and R2 is greater than or equal to zero. equal to zero, and L2 and R2 cannot be zero at the same time; then, according to the type priority, from the L2 first uplink information corresponding to the L2 first indication information and/or the R2 second uplink information corresponding to the R2 second indication information One or more pieces of uplink information of the first type are determined, and according to the indication information corresponding to the one or more pieces of uplink information of the first type, it is determined whether multiplexing transmission is possible.
  • the uplink information carried by the first uplink channel is all configured by high-layer parameters
  • the Z second uplink information among the M second uplink information carried by the second uplink channel is scheduled through Z second DCIs
  • the terminal device determines R3 pieces of second uplink information of the first type from the second uplink information corresponding to the R2 pieces of second indication information, and when the second indication information corresponding to the R3 pieces of second uplink information of the first type is taken
  • the values are both the first preset values, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can be multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device determines L3 pieces of first uplink information of the first type and R3 pieces of first uplink information of the first type from the first uplink information corresponding to the L2 pieces of first indication information and the second uplink information corresponding to the R2 pieces of second indication information Two uplink information, when the first indication information corresponding to the L3 first type of first uplink information is the first preset value, and the R3 first type of second uplink information corresponding to the second When the values of the indication information are all the first preset values, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can be multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device first determines N4 pieces of first uplink information of the first type and/or M4 pieces of first uplink information from the N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information according to the type priority. pieces of second uplink information of the first type, where N4 is greater than or equal to zero, M4 is greater than or equal to zero, and N4 and M4 are not zero at the same time; Type of second uplink information to determine whether multiplexing transmission is possible.
  • the terminal device determines whether the N4 pieces of first indication information corresponding to the N4 pieces of first type of first uplink information can be performed.
  • the determination method is similar to the determination method in Example 1; and/or
  • the terminal device determines whether multiplex transmission can be performed according to the M4 pieces of second indication information corresponding to the M4 pieces of second type of second uplink information,
  • the determination method is similar to the determination method in Example 1; and/or
  • the terminal device will then use the N4 pieces of uplink information of the first type to The corresponding N4 pieces of first indication information and the M4 pieces of second indication information corresponding to the M4 pieces of second uplink information of the second type are used to determine whether multiplexing transmission is possible.
  • the determination method is similar to the determination method in Example 2.
  • the terminal device schedules the L4 pieces of first DCI according to the and the indication information (the first indication information or the second indication information) contained in the last received DCI in the R4 second DCIs to determine whether multiplexing transmission is possible, when the indication information in the last received DCI is the first When it is a preset value, it is determined that multiplexing transmission can be performed; otherwise, it is determined that multiplexing transmission cannot be performed.
  • Example 3 Determine whether multiplexing transmission is possible according to the first indication information or the second indication information according to the scheduling method of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel.
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel both carry The uplink information of the above is all scheduled by DCI or configured by high-level parameters, and further, according to the priority, it is determined whether the multiplexing transmission is possible according to the first indication information or the second indication information.
  • the terminal device first determines the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel, and determines that the first uplink channel is the high-priority uplink channel; therefore, the terminal device determines the N first indications corresponding to the first uplink channel according to the Part or all of the first indication information indicated by the DCI in the information is used to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. For details on whether to perform multiplex transmission, see 1.1.1 and 1.1.2, the description will not be repeated.
  • N pieces of first uplink information carried by the first uplink channel and the M pieces of second uplink information carried by the second uplink channel are both configured by high-level parameters.
  • the terminal device first determines the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel, and determines that the first uplink channel is the high-priority uplink channel; therefore, the terminal device determines the N first indications corresponding to the first uplink channel according to the Some or all of the first indication information in the information is used to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. The description is repeated.
  • the terminal device may directly determine whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information directly according to part or all of the first indication information indicated by the DCI in the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the first uplink channel.
  • the information is multiplexed and transmitted, and the specific implementation of whether to perform multiplex transmission can be found in 1.1.1 and 1.1.2, and the description will not be repeated.
  • the N pieces of first uplink information carried by the first uplink channel are configured by high-level parameters, and part or all of the M pieces of second uplink information carried by the second uplink channel are DCI scheduling.
  • the terminal device may directly determine whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information directly according to part or all of the first indication information indicated by the DCI in the M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the second uplink channel.
  • the information is multiplexed and transmitted, and the specific implementation of whether to perform multiplex transmission can be found in 2.1, and the description will not be repeated.
  • Example 4 Judging whether multiplexed transmission is possible according to N pieces of first indication information and M pieces of second indication information, when N pieces of first indication information and M pieces of second indication information have the same value (or the same value and both is the first preset value), it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can be multiplexed and transmitted. When the N pieces of first indication information and the M pieces of second indication information have different values (or at least one value is not the first preset value), it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second indication information cannot be combined. The uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted.
  • the terminal device determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, it also determines whether the timing requirements are met between the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel ( timeline).
  • meeting the multiplexing sequence requirement refers to whether the terminal device has enough time to transmit the N first uplink information before starting to transmit the one of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel with the earliest start time.
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are both PUCCHs
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are the physical uplink control channel #1 ( PUCCH#1) and physical uplink control channel #2 (PUCCH#2)
  • PUCCH#1 and PUCCH#2 a certain uplink transmission in PUCCH#1 and PUCCH#2 carries the HARQ-ACK of PDSCH
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel carry SR and CSI
  • there is no timeline in other words , by default the first upstream channel and the second upstream channel satisfy the timeline.
  • N 1 is a preset value, which is related to the subcarrier spacing and UE capability
  • d 1,1 is a preset offset value related to the time domain length and type of PDSCH
  • N 1 +d 1,1 is used to ensure that the UE receives After the PDSCH, there is enough time to generate the HARQ-ACK and complete the preparation for transmission.
  • the additionally introduced 1 symbol is the processing delay specially introduced for multiplexing multiple PUCCHs.
  • the PUCCH is used to carry HARQ-ACK
  • N 2 is a preset value, which is related to the subcarrier spacing and UE capability
  • d 2,1 is a preset offset value related to the type of PUSCH
  • N 2 +d 2,1 is used to ensure that the terminal device receives the DCI After there is enough time to complete the preparation for PUSCH transmission, an additional symbol introduced is the processing delay introduced for the multiplexing of PUCCH and PUSCH.
  • the terminal device determines whether the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the N pieces of first uplink information and/or the M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the M pieces of second uplink information can
  • the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, rather than simply directly multiplexing transmission or abandoning multiplexing transmission, thus improving the process of terminal equipment in the process of multiplexing transmission or abandoning multiplexing transmission It can not only avoid multiplexing transmission from affecting the delay and reliability of high-priority service transmission, but also improve the transmission efficiency of low-priority service.
  • the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are respectively introduced from the perspectives of network devices, terminal devices, and interaction between network devices and terminal devices.
  • the network device and the terminal device may include hardware structures and/or software modules, and implement the above functions in the form of hardware structures, software modules, or hardware structures plus software modules . Whether one of the above functions is performed in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 600 includes a transceiver module 601 and a processing module 602, wherein:
  • a transceiver module 601 configured to acquire N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on a first uplink channel;
  • the transceiver module 601 is further configured to acquire M pieces of second indication information, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel;
  • a processing module 602 configured to determine whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information transmission;
  • the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap in time domain; N and M are both integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • transceiver module 601 For more detailed description of the above-mentioned transceiver module 601 and processing module 602, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the above-mentioned method embodiments, which are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 700 includes a transceiver module 701 and a processing module 702, wherein:
  • the processing module 702 is configured to control the transceiver module 701 to send N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to the N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on the first uplink channel;
  • the processing module 702 is further configured to control the transceiver module 701 to send M pieces of second indication information, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel;
  • the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information are used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information;
  • the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap in time domain; N and M are both integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • transceiver module 701 and processing module 702 For more detailed description of the foregoing transceiver module 701 and processing module 702, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, which are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 800 includes a memory 801 , a processor 802 and a transceiver 803 . They are connected through the bus 804 .
  • the memory 801 is used to store related instructions and data, and can transmit the stored data to the processor 802 .
  • the processor 802 implements the function of the above processing module 602, and the transceiver 803 is used to implement the function of the above transceiver module 601;
  • the processor 802 implements the function of the above processing module 702
  • the transceiver 803 is used to implement the function of the above transceiver module 701 .
  • the terminal device chip When the above communication apparatus 800 is a chip applied to a terminal device, the terminal device chip implements the functions of the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the terminal device chip receives information from other modules (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna) in the terminal device, and the information is sent by the network device to the terminal device; or, the terminal device chip sends information to other modules (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna) in the terminal device antenna) to send information, the information is sent by the terminal equipment to the network equipment.
  • modules such as a radio frequency module or an antenna
  • the network device chip When the foregoing communication apparatus 800 is a chip applied to a network device, the network device chip implements the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the network device chip receives information from other modules (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna) in the network device, and the information is sent by the terminal device to the network device; or, the network device chip sends information to other modules in the network device (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna). antenna) to send information, the information is sent by the network equipment to the terminal equipment.
  • modules such as a radio frequency module or an antenna
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, can implement a process related to a terminal device in the communication method provided by the above method embodiments.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, can implement the processes related to the network device in the communication method provided by the above method embodiments.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which, when run on a computer or a processor, causes the computer or processor to execute one or more steps in any one of the above communication methods. If each component module of the above-mentioned device is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), and may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), application-specific integrated circuits ( Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), an electrically programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM). Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM Static RAM
  • DRAM Dynamic RAM
  • SDRAM Synchronous DRAM
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM ESDRAM
  • synchronous link dynamic random access memory Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM
  • Direct Rambus RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components
  • the memory storage module
  • memory described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
  • the modules in the apparatus of the embodiment of the present application may be combined, divided and deleted according to actual needs.

Abstract

Disclosed are a method and device for uplink transmission, and a communication apparatus and a storage medium. The method comprises: acquiring N pieces of first indication information, wherein the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on a first uplink channel; acquiring M pieces of second indication information, wherein the M pieces of second indication information correspond to M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on a second uplink channel; and according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information, determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, wherein the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, there is an overlap between the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel in terms of time domains, and N and M are both integers greater than or equal to 1. The embodiments of the present application facilitate improving the flexibility of determining whether to perform multiplexing and transmission.

Description

用于上行传输的方法、设备、通信装置及存储介质Method, device, communication device and storage medium for uplink transmission 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,具体涉及一种用于上行传输的方法、设备、通信装置及存储介质。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method, a device, a communication device, and a storage medium for uplink transmission.
背景技术Background technique
第五代(5th Generation,5G)通信系统致力于支持更高系统性能,将支持多种业务类型、不同部署场景以及更宽的频谱范围。其中,该多种业务类型包括增强移动宽带(enhanced Mobile Broadband,eMBB),海量机器类型通信(Massive Machine Type Communication,mMTC),超可靠低延迟通信(Ultra-reliable and low latency communications,URLLC),多媒体广播多播业务(Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service,MBMS)和定位业务,等等。The fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) communication system is committed to supporting higher system performance, and will support multiple service types, different deployment scenarios, and a wider spectrum range. Among them, the multiple service types include enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB), Massive Machine Type Communication (mMTC), Ultra-reliable and low latency communications (URLLC), multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service, MBMS) and positioning service, and so on.
随着URLLC业务的扩展,终端设备可以对混合业务进行复用传输,包括将不同优先级的上行信息联合在一起进行复用传输。比如,终端设备可以支持eMBB业务的上行信息和URLLC业务的上行信息的复用传输。With the expansion of URLLC services, terminal equipment can perform multiplexing and transmission of mixed services, including combining uplink information of different priorities for multiplexing and transmission. For example, the terminal device may support multiplexing transmission of the uplink information of the eMBB service and the uplink information of the URLLC service.
然而,始终对不同优先级的上行信息进行复用传输或者仅根据优先级确定放弃低优先级的上行信息传输,影响传输效率与可靠性。However, multiplexing and transmitting uplink information of different priorities all the time or abandoning the transmission of low-priority uplink information only according to the priority will affect the transmission efficiency and reliability.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供了一种用于上行传输的方法、设备、通信装置及存储介质。通过指示信息指示终端设备进行复用传输或者放弃复用传输,提高复用传输的灵活性。The present application provides a method, device, communication device and storage medium for uplink transmission. The terminal equipment is instructed to perform multiplexing transmission or abandon multiplexing transmission through the indication information, so as to improve the flexibility of multiplexing transmission.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种用于上行传输的方法,该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是终端设备为例进行描述。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for uplink transmission, where the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device. The following description takes the execution subject being a terminal device as an example.
获取N个第一指示信息,所述N个第一指示信息对应N个第一上行信息,所述N个第一上行信息承载于第一上行信道;获取M个第二指示信息,所述M个第二指示信息对应M个第二上行信息,所述M个第二上行信息承载于第二上行信道;根据所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;其中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道的优先级不同,且所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道时域重叠;N和M均为大于或等于1的整数。Acquire N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on the first uplink channel; acquire M pieces of second indication information, the M pieces of first uplink information are The pieces of second indication information correspond to M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel; according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information, determine Whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; wherein the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel have different priorities, and the first uplink channel has different priorities. The channel overlaps with the second uplink channel in time domain; both N and M are integers greater than or equal to 1.
可以理解,当确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输时,则将N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息复用到第三信道进行传输;当确定不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输时,则在则在第一时域资源位置向网络设备发送高优先级的上行信道承载的上行信息,并在第一时域资源位置放弃向网络设备发送低优先级的上行信道承载的上行信息,其中,第一时域资源位置为第一上行信道对应的时域资源与该第二上行信道对应的时域资源重叠的时域资源。It can be understood that when it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed into the Three-channel transmission is performed; when it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted, then a high-priority message is sent to the network device at the first time domain resource position. The uplink information carried by the uplink channel, and give up sending the uplink information carried by the low-priority uplink channel to the network device at the first time-domain resource position, where the first time-domain resource position is the time-domain resource corresponding to the first uplink channel. The time domain resources corresponding to the second uplink channel overlap the time domain resources.
可以看出,在本申请实施例中,终端设备根据N个第一上行信息对应的N个第一指示信息和/或M个第二上行信息对应的M个第二指示信息,确定是否能将N个第一上行信息和M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,而不是单纯的直接进行复用传输或放弃复用传输,从 而保证了终端设备在进行复用传输或者放弃复用传输过程中的灵活性,进而不会给高优先级业务的传输带来时延,也不会降低低优先级业务的传输效率。It can be seen that, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determines whether the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the N pieces of first uplink information and/or the M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the M pieces of second uplink information can The N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, rather than simply directly multiplexing transmission or abandoning multiplexing transmission, thus ensuring that the terminal equipment performs multiplexing transmission or abandons multiplexing transmission during the process of multiplexing transmission Therefore, it will not bring delay to the transmission of high-priority services, nor reduce the transmission efficiency of low-priority services.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级,所述根据所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:根据所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。可选地,在该实施方式中,终端设备可以不使用M个第二指示信息。In some possible implementation manners, the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, and the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than that of the second uplink channel. information, and determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, including: determining whether to The N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted. Optionally, in this embodiment, the terminal device may not use the M pieces of second indication information.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,终端设备可以只根据高优先级的第一上行信道对应的指示信息确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,不用去关注第二上行信道,因此,可以更好地保障高优先级的上行信道传输。It can be seen that, in this implementation manner, the terminal device can determine whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information only according to the indication information corresponding to the high-priority first uplink channel For transmission, there is no need to pay attention to the second uplink channel. Therefore, the transmission of the high-priority uplink channel can be better guaranteed.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一下行控制信息调度的,每个第一下行控制信息包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;所述根据所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:根据第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,其中,所述第三下行控制信息为所述N个第一下行控制信息中,所述终端设备最后接收到的第一下行控制信息。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information. One piece of first indication information; determining whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the first indication pieces of the N pieces of first indication information The transmission includes: determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the first indication information included in the third downlink control information, wherein the third downlink control information The information is the first downlink control information last received by the terminal device among the N pieces of first downlink control information.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,终端设备只根据最后接收到的第一下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,不用去关注其他第一下行控制信息,这样增加了网络设备调度的灵活性以及容错率。It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the terminal device determines whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information only according to the first indication information included in the last received first downlink control information The information is multiplexed and transmitted without paying attention to other first downlink control information, which increases the flexibility of network device scheduling and the fault tolerance rate.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述根据第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:当所述第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息为第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, the determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the first indication information included in the third downlink control information includes: When the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is a first preset value, it is determined to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
可以理解,当所述第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息不为第一预设值时,确定不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。It can be understood that when the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is not the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted. .
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一下行控制信息调度的,每个第一下行控制信息包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;所述根据所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:当所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information. One piece of first indication information; determining whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the first indication pieces of the N pieces of first indication information The transmission includes: when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all a first preset value, determining to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
可以理解,当所述N个第一指示信息中至少存在一个第一指示信息的取值不是第一预设值时,确定不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。It can be understood that when at least one of the N pieces of first indication information has a value other than the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information cannot be combined with the M pieces of second uplink information. information is multiplexed.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,在第一上行信息全部是下行控制信息调度的情况下,终端设备根据所有的第一指示信息确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,由于使用了所有的第一指示信息,可以使确定结果更加准确。It can be seen that, in this embodiment, when all the first uplink information is scheduled by downlink control information, the terminal device determines, according to all the first indication information, whether to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of first uplink information. The second uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted, and since all the first indication information is used, the determination result can be made more accurate.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的,每个第一高层参数包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;所述根据所述 N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:当所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are configured through N pieces of first higher layer parameters, and each first higher layer parameter includes one first indication in the N pieces of the first indication information information; determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to part or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information, including: When the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all first preset values, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
可以理解,当所述N个第一指示信息中至少存在一个指示信息的取值不是第一预设值时,确定不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。It can be understood that when at least one of the N pieces of first indication information has a value other than the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be performed. Multiplex transmission.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,在第一上行信息全部是高层参数配置的情况下,终端设备根据所有的第一指示信息确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,由于使用了所有的第一指示信息,可以使确定结果更加准确。It can be seen that, in this embodiment, when all the first uplink information is configured by high-level parameters, the terminal device determines, according to all the first indication information, whether to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of first uplink information. The second uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted, and since all the first indication information is used, the determination result can be made more accurate.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息中的X个第一上行信息是通过X个第一下行控制信息调度的,其余Y个第一上行信息是通过Y个第一高层参数配置的,每个第一下行控制信息和每个第一高层参数分别包括一个第一指示信息,其中,X+Y=N,X和Y均为大于或等于1的整数;所述根据所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:根据第四下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,其中,所述第四下行控制信息为所述X个第一下行控制信息中,所述终端设备最后接收到的第一下行控制信息。当所述第四下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息为第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。当所述第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息不为第一预设值时,确定不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, X pieces of first uplink information among the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through X pieces of first downlink control information, and the remaining Y pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through Y pieces of first uplink information In the configuration of high-layer parameters, each first downlink control information and each first high-layer parameter respectively include a first indication information, where X+Y=N, and X and Y are both integers greater than or equal to 1; the According to some or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information, determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information includes: according to the fourth downlink information The first indication information included in the control information determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, wherein the fourth downlink control information is the X pieces of first uplink information In the downlink control information, the first downlink control information last received by the terminal device. When the first indication information included in the fourth downlink control information is a first preset value, it is determined to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. When the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is not the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,终端设备仅根据最后接收到下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,使网络设备的调度相对比较灵活,且提高了网络设备的容错率。It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the terminal device determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information only according to the first indication information included in the last received downlink control information , so that the scheduling of network equipment is relatively flexible, and the fault tolerance rate of network equipment is improved.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息中的X个第一上行信息是通过X个第一下行控制信息调度的,其余Y个第一上行信息是通过Y个第一高层参数配置的,每个第一下行控制信息和每个第一高层参数分别包括一个第一指示信息,其中,X+Y=N,X和Y均为大于或等于1的整数;所述根据所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:当所述X个第一下行控制信息分别包括的X个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;当X个第一下行控制信息分别包括的X个第一指示信息至少存在一个第一指示信息的取值不是第一预设值时,确定不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;或者,当所述X个第一下行控制信息分别包括的X个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述Y个第一高层参数分别包括的Y个第一指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。当所述X个第一下行控制信息分别包括的X个第一指示信息和所述Y个第一高层参数分别包括的Y个第一指示信息中,至少存在一个指示信息的取值不是第一预设值,则确定不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, X pieces of first uplink information among the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through X pieces of first downlink control information, and the remaining Y pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through Y pieces of first uplink information In the configuration of high-layer parameters, each first downlink control information and each first high-layer parameter respectively include a first indication information, where X+Y=N, and X and Y are both integers greater than or equal to 1; the Determining, according to some or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information, whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, including: when the X pieces of first indication information are multiplexed and transmitted When the values of the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the pieces of first downlink control information are all the first preset values, it is determined to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information transmission; when the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first downlink control information have at least one value of the first indication information that is not the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information cannot be combined with The M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted; or, when the values of the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first downlink control information are all first preset values, and the Y When the values of the Y pieces of first indication information respectively included in the first high layer parameters are all the first preset values, it is determined to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information transmission. When the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first downlink control information and the Y pieces of first indication information respectively included in the Y pieces of first high-level parameters, at least one piece of indication information has a value other than the first indication information. If a preset value is set, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,终端设备可以根据所有的下行控制信息包括的第一指示 信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;或者,根据所有的第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,进而使确定结果比较精确。It can be seen that in this embodiment, the terminal device can determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the first indication information included in all downlink control information or, according to all the first indication information, determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, so as to make the determination result more accurate.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的Z个第二上行信息是通过Z个第二下行控制信息调度的,其中,每个第一高层参数包括一个第一指示信息,每个第二下行控制信息包括一个第二指示信息,且Z小于或等于M;所述根据所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:根据所述Z个第二下行控制信息分别包括的Z个第二指示信息中的部分或全部第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N pieces of first higher layer parameters, and the Z pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by means of Z pieces of second uplink information The downlink control information is scheduled, wherein each first high-layer parameter includes a first indication information, each second downlink control information includes a second indication information, and Z is less than or equal to M; One indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information, determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, including: according to the Z pieces of second downlink information Part or all of the second indication information in the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the control information determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,终端设备可以不去区分第一上行信道和第二上行信道的优先级,可以优先考虑通过下行控制信息调度的上行信息对应的指示信息,根据该指示信息确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。在不区分优先级的情况下,由于下行控制信息调度上行信息的方式比较灵活,可使确定结果的精度较高。It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the terminal device may not distinguish the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel, and may give priority to the indication information corresponding to the uplink information scheduled through the downlink control information, and determine according to the indication information Whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. In the case of not distinguishing priorities, since the manner in which the downlink control information schedules the uplink information is more flexible, the accuracy of the determination result can be higher.
可选地,终端设备可以根据第五下行控制信息中的第二指示信息确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,其中,第五下行控制信息为所述Z个第二下行控制信息中,所述终端设备最后接收到的第一下行控制信息。即当第五下行控制信息中的第二指示信息取值是第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。当第五下行控制信息中的第二指示信息取值不为第一预设值时,确定不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the terminal device may determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the second indication information in the fifth downlink control information, wherein the fifth downlink control information The information is the first downlink control information last received by the terminal device among the Z pieces of second downlink control information. That is, when the value of the second indication information in the fifth downlink control information is the first preset value, it is determined to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. When the value of the second indication information in the fifth downlink control information is not the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
可选地,终端设备可以根据该Z个第二指示信息的全部取值,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。即当所述Z个第二下行控制信息分别包括的Z个第二指示信息的取值均为第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;当Z个第二下行控制信息分别包括的Z个第二指示信息至少存在一个第一指示信息的取值不是第一预设值时,确定不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the terminal device may determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to all values of the Z pieces of second indication information. That is, when the values of the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the Z pieces of second downlink control information are all the first preset values, it is determined to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information. The information is multiplexed and transmitted; when at least one of the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the Z pieces of second downlink control information has a value other than the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first indication information cannot be The uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,终端设备可以不去区分第一上行信道和第二上行信道的优先级,可以优先考虑通过下行控制信息调度的上行信息对应的指示信息,根据该指示信息确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。在不区分优先级的情况下,由于下行控制信息调度上行信息的方式比较灵活,可使确定结果的精度较高。It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the terminal device may not distinguish the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel, and may give priority to the indication information corresponding to the uplink information scheduled through the downlink control information, and determine according to the indication information Whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. In the case of not distinguishing priorities, since the manner in which the downlink control information schedules the uplink information is more flexible, the accuracy of the determination result can be higher.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级。In some possible implementations, the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,即使终端设备确定出第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级,但是,由于第一上行信息全部是由高层参数配置的,比较固定;而第二上行信息中存在下行控制信息调度的,调度方式比较灵活。因此,这个时候即使第一上行信道的优先级高,也需要使用下行控制信息包括的第二指示信息确定是否将所述N个 第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,可使确定结果的精度较高。It can be seen that, in this implementation manner, even if the terminal device determines that the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, since all the first uplink information is configured by high-level parameters, the comparison Fixed; and if there is downlink control information scheduling in the second uplink information, the scheduling method is more flexible. Therefore, even if the priority of the first uplink channel is high at this time, it is necessary to use the second indication information included in the downlink control information to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information , which can make the determination result more accurate.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息中的L个第一上行信息是通过L个第一下行控制信息调度的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的R个第二上行信息是通过R个第二个下行控制信息调度的,其中,L和R均为大于或等于1的整数,L小于或等于N,R小于或等于M;所述根据所述第一上行信道对应的N个第一指示信息和/或所述第二上行信道对应的M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:根据第五下行控制信息包含的第三指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;其中,所述第五下行控制信息为L个第一下行控制信息和R个第二下行控制信息中所述终端设备最后接收到的下行控制信息,所述第三指示信息为所述第一指示信息或者所述第二指示信息。In some possible implementations, L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through L pieces of first downlink control information, and R pieces of the M pieces of second uplink information The second uplink information is scheduled through R pieces of second downlink control information, where L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M; N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the uplink channel and/or M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the second uplink channel, to determine whether to duplicate the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. using transmission, including: according to the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information, determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; wherein, the fifth downlink information The control information is the last downlink control information received by the terminal device in the L pieces of first downlink control information and the R pieces of second downlink control information, and the third indication information is the first indication information or the second indication information Instructions.
可以理解,当该第五下行控制信息包含的第三指示信息的取值为第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;当该第五下行控制信息包含的第三指示信息的取值不是第一预设值时,确定不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。It can be understood that when the value of the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information is the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted. ; when the value of the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information is not the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,在不区分优先级的情况下,可优先根据下行控制信息包括的指示信息,来确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,并且可以仅使用终端设备最后接收到的下行控制信息包括的指示信来确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,进而提高了网络设备指示的灵活性,以及容错率。It can be seen that, in the case of not distinguishing priorities, whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can be determined preferentially according to the indication information included in the downlink control information, And can only use the indication letter included in the downlink control information last received by the terminal device to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, thereby improving the indication of the network equipment. flexibility, and fault tolerance.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息中的L个第一上行信息是通过L个第一下行控制信息调度的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的R个第二上行信息是通过R个第二个下行控制信息调度的,其中,L和R均为大于或等于1的整数,L小于或等于N,R小于或等于M;所述根据所述第一上行信道对应的N个第一指示信息和/或所述第二上行信道对应的M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:当所述L个第一下行控制信息包含的L个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述R个第一下行控制信息包含的R个第二指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through L pieces of first downlink control information, and R pieces of the M pieces of second uplink information The second uplink information is scheduled through R pieces of second downlink control information, where L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M; N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the uplink channel and/or M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the second uplink channel, to determine whether to duplicate the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. using transmission, including: when the values of the L pieces of first indication information included in the L pieces of first downlink control information are all first preset values, and the R pieces of the R pieces of first downlink control information include The values of the second indication information are all the first preset values, and it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
可以理解,当L个第一下行控制信息包含的L个第一指示信息以及所述R个第一下行控制信息包含的R个第二指示信息中至少有一个指示信息的取值不是第一预设值时,确定不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。It can be understood that when at least one of the L pieces of first indication information contained in the L pieces of first downlink control information and the R pieces of second indication information contained in the R pieces of first downlink control information has a value other than the first indication information. When a preset value is used, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,在不区分优先级的情况下,终端设备可以根据所有的下行控制信息包括的指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,进而可以提高确定结果的精度。It can be seen that in this embodiment, without prioritization, the terminal device can determine whether to compare the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of information according to the indication information included in all downlink control information. The second uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted, thereby improving the accuracy of the determination result.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是由N个第一高层参数配置的,且所述M个第二上行信息是由M个第二高层参数配置,其中,每个第一高层参数包括一个第一指示信息,每个第二高层参数包括一个第二指示信息;所述根据所述第一上行信道对应的N个第一指示信息和/或所述第二上行信道对应的M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:当所述N个第一高层参数包含的N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述M个第二高层参数包含的 M个第二指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N first layer parameters, and the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by M second layer parameters, wherein each The first high-layer parameter includes a first indication information, and each second high-layer parameter includes a second indication information; the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the first uplink channel and/or the second uplink channel Corresponding M pieces of second indication information, determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, including: when the N pieces of first upper layer parameters included in the N pieces of The values of one indication information are all the first preset values, and the values of the M pieces of second indication information included in the M second high-level parameters are all the first preset values. The first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,在不区分优先级,且都是高层参数调度的情况下,终端设备使用所有的第一指示信息以及所有的第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,可保证确定结果的精度。It can be seen that, in this implementation manner, in the case where priorities are not distinguished and all are high-level parameter scheduling, the terminal device uses all the first indication information and all the second indication information to determine whether to assign the N Multiplexing and transmission of the first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can ensure the accuracy of the determination result.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述根据所述第一上行信道对应的N个第一指示信息和/或所述第二上行信道对应的M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:当所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述M个第二指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, determining whether to use the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the first uplink channel and/or the M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the second uplink channel Multiplexing and transmitting the first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information includes: when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all a first preset value, and the M pieces of second indication information are The values are all the first preset values, and it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,终端设备可以根据获取到的所有指示信息,确定是否进行复用传输,由于使用了所有的指示信息,可以使确定结果更加准确。It can be seen that the terminal device can determine whether to perform multiplexing transmission according to all the acquired indication information, and since all the indication information is used, the determination result can be made more accurate.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种用于上行传输的方法,其特征在于,应用于网络设备,包括:发送N个第一指示信息,所述N个第一指示信息对应N个第一上行信息,所述N个第一上行信息承载于第一上行信道;发送M个第二指示信息,所述M个第二指示信息对应M个第二上行信息,所述M个第二上行信息承载于第二上行信道;所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;其中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道的优先级不同,且所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道时域重叠;N和M均为大于或等于1的整数。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for uplink transmission, which is characterized in that, when applied to a network device, the method includes: sending N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first indication information Uplink information, the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on the first uplink channel; M pieces of second indication information are sent, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information Bearing on the second uplink channel; the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information are used to indicate whether to perform the processing of the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information Multiplexing transmission; wherein, the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap in time domain; N and M are both greater than or equal to An integer of 1.
可以看出,网络设备可以在终端设备的上行传输重叠的情况下,通过N个第一指示信息和/或M个第二指示信息指示终端设备是否进行复用传输,而不是单纯的规定终端设备进行复用传输或放弃复用传输,从而保证了终端设备在进行复用传输或者放弃复用传输过程中的灵活性,进而不会给高优先级业务的传输带来时延,也不会降低低优先级业务的传输效率。It can be seen that the network device can use N pieces of first indication information and/or M pieces of second indication information to instruct the terminal equipment whether to perform multiplexing transmission when the uplink transmissions of the terminal equipment overlap, instead of simply specifying the terminal equipment Perform multiplexing transmission or abandon multiplexing transmission, thus ensuring the flexibility of terminal equipment in the process of multiplexing transmission or abandoning multiplexing transmission, and thus will not bring delay to the transmission of high-priority services, and will not reduce Transmission efficiency of low-priority services.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级;所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel; part or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information is used to indicate whether The N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,网络设备可以只通过高优先级的第一上行信道对应的指示信息指示终端设备是否进行复用传输,不用去关注第二上行信道,因此,可以更好地保障高优先级的上行信道传输。It can be seen that in this embodiment, the network device can only indicate whether the terminal device performs multiplexing transmission through the indication information corresponding to the first uplink channel with high priority, and does not need to pay attention to the second uplink channel. Therefore, it can better Guarantee high-priority uplink channel transmission.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一下行控制信息调度的,每个第一下行控制信息包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,其中,所述第三下行控制信息为所述N个第一下行控制信息中,所述终端设备最后接收到的第一下行控制信息。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information. One piece of first indication information; the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, wherein the third The downlink control information is the first downlink control information lastly received by the terminal device among the N pieces of first downlink control information.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,网络设备通过终端设备最后接收到的第一下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息指示终端设备是否进行复用传输,不用去关注该第一上行信道对应的其他第一下行控制信息,这样增加了网络设备调度过程的灵活性以及容错率。It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the network device instructs the terminal device whether to perform multiplexing transmission through the first indication information included in the first downlink control information last received by the terminal device, and does not need to pay attention to the corresponding first uplink channel. other first downlink control information, which increases the flexibility of the network device scheduling process and the fault tolerance rate.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息为第一预设值,用于指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is a first preset value, which is used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are to be performed. Multiplex transmission.
可以理解,所述第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息不为第一预设值,则指示不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。It can be understood that if the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is not the first preset value, it indicates that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一下行控制信息调度的,每个第一下行控制信息包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,用于指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information. One piece of first indication information; the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted .
可以理解,所述N个第一指示信息中至少存在一个第一指示信息的取值不是第一预设值,可以用于指示不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。It can be understood that the value of at least one piece of first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information is not the first preset value, which can be used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information cannot be combined with the M pieces of second information. The uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,在第一上行信息全部是下行控制信息调度的情况下,网络设备指示终端设备可以通过所有的第一指示信息的取值,指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。由于使用了所有的第一指示信息的取值进行指示,可以使指示结果更加准确。It can be seen that, in this embodiment, when all the first uplink information is scheduled by downlink control information, the network device instructs the terminal device to indicate whether to use the values of all the first indication information to indicate whether the Nth One uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted with the M pieces of second uplink information. Since all values of the first indication information are used for indication, the indication result can be made more accurate.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的,每个第一高层参数包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,用于指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are configured through N pieces of first higher layer parameters, and each first higher layer parameter includes one first indication in the N pieces of the first indication information information; the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
可以理解,所述N个第一指示信息中至少存在一个指示信息的取值不是第一预设值,可以用于指示不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。It can be understood that the value of at least one indication information in the N pieces of first indication information is not the first preset value, which can be used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be combined. multiplex transmission.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,在第一上行信息全部是高层参数配置的情况下,网络设备通过所有的第一指示信息的取值,指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,由于通过所有的第一指示信息的取值进行指示,可以使指示结果更加准确。It can be seen that, in this embodiment, when all the first uplink information is configured by high-level parameters, the network device indicates whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with all the first indication information through the values of all the first indication information. The M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, and the indication result can be made more accurate because all the values of the first indication information are used for indication.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息中的X个第一上行信息是通过X个第一下行控制信息调度的,其余Y个第一上行信息是通过Y个第一高层参数配置的,每个第一下行控制信息和每个第一高层参数分别包括一个第一指示信息,其中,X+Y=N,X和Y均为大于或等于1的整数;第四下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息,用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,其中,所述第四下行控制信息为所述X个第一下行控制信息中,所述终端设备最后接收到的第一下行控制信息。所述第四下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息为第一预设值,用于指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。所述第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息不为第一预设值,用于指示不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, X pieces of first uplink information among the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through X pieces of first downlink control information, and the remaining Y pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through Y pieces of first uplink information In the configuration of high-layer parameters, each first downlink control information and each first high-layer parameter respectively include a first indication information, where X+Y=N, and X and Y are both integers greater than or equal to 1; fourth The first indication information included in the downlink control information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, wherein the fourth downlink control information is the X In the first downlink control information, the first downlink control information last received by the terminal device. The first indication information included in the fourth downlink control information is a first preset value, which is used to instruct to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. The first indication information included in the third downlink control information is not the first preset value, and is used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,网络设备通过终端设备最后接收到下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,不用去关注其他的指示信息,使网络设备的指示相对比较灵活,提高了网络设备的容错率。It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the first indication information included in the downlink control information finally received by the network device through the terminal device indicates whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information During transmission, there is no need to pay attention to other indication information, so that the indication of the network device is relatively flexible, and the fault tolerance rate of the network device is improved.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息中的X个第一上行信息是通过X个 第一下行控制信息调度的,其余Y个第一上行信息是通过Y个第一高层参数配置的,每个第一下行控制信息和每个第一高层参数分别包括一个第一指示信息,其中,X+Y=N,X和Y均为大于或等于1的整数;可选地,所述X个第一下行控制信息分别包括的X个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,用于指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;可选地,X个第一下行控制信息分别包括的X个第一指示信息至少存在一个第一指示信息的取值不是第一预设值,用于指示不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;或者所述X个第一下行控制信息分别包括的X个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述Y个第一高层参数分别包括的Y个第一指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,用于指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。可选地,所述X个第一下行控制信息分别包括的X个第一指示信息和所述Y个第一高层参数分别包括的Y个第一指示信息中,至少存在一个指示信息的取值不是第一预设值,用于指示不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, X pieces of first uplink information among the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through X pieces of first downlink control information, and the remaining Y pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through Y pieces of first uplink information In the configuration of high-layer parameters, each first downlink control information and each first high-layer parameter respectively includes a first indication information, where X+Y=N, and X and Y are both integers greater than or equal to 1; optional The values of the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first downlink control information are all first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information are combined with the M pieces of first uplink information. The two uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted; optionally, at least one of the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first downlink control information has at least one value of the first indication information that is not the first preset value, which is used to indicate that it cannot be Multiplexing and transmitting the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; or the values of the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first downlink control information are the first A preset value, and the values of the Y pieces of first indication information respectively included in the Y first high-level parameters are all the first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information are combined with the The M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted. Optionally, among the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first downlink control information and the Y pieces of first indication information respectively included in the Y pieces of first high-level parameters, there is at least one option for the indication information. The value is not the first preset value, and is used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,网络设备可以通过所有的第一下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息的取值,指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;或者,通过所有的第一指示信息的取值,指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,进而使指示结果比较精确。It can be seen that in this implementation manner, the network device can indicate whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second The uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted; or, through the values of all the first indication information, it is indicated whether the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, and then the indication results are compared. accurate.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的Z个第二上行信息是通过Z个第二下行控制信息调度的,其中,每个第一高层参数包括一个第一指示信息,每个第二下行控制信息包括一个第二指示信息,且Z小于或等于M;所述Z个第二下行控制信息分别包括的Z个第二指示信息中的部分或全部第二指示信息,用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N pieces of first higher layer parameters, and the Z pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by means of Z pieces of second uplink information The downlink control information is scheduled, wherein each first high-level parameter includes a first indication information, each second downlink control information includes a second indication information, and Z is less than or equal to M; the Z second downlink control information Some or all of the second indication information in the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
可选地,网络设备可以通过第五下行控制信息中的第二指示信息指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,其中,第五下行控制信息为所述Z个第二下行控制信息中,所述终端设备最后接收到的第一下行控制信息。即当第五下行控制信息中的第二指示信息取值是第一预设值时,指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。当第五下行控制信息中的第二指示信息取值不为第一预设值时,指示不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the network device may indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information through the second indication information in the fifth downlink control information, wherein the fifth downlink control information The information is the first downlink control information last received by the terminal device among the Z pieces of second downlink control information. That is, when the value of the second indication information in the fifth downlink control information is the first preset value, it is instructed to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. When the value of the second indication information in the fifth downlink control information is not the first preset value, it indicates that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
可选地,网络设备可以通过该Z个第二指示信息的全部取值,指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。即当所述Z个第二下行控制信息分别包括的Z个第二指示信息的取值均为第一预设值时,指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;当Z个第二下行控制信息分别包括的Z个第二指示信息至少存在一个第一指示信息的取值不是第一预设值时,指示不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the network device may indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information through all values of the Z pieces of second indication information. That is, when the values of the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the Z pieces of second downlink control information are all the first preset values, it indicates that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are The information is multiplexed and transmitted; when at least one of the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the Z pieces of second downlink control information has a value other than the first preset value, it indicates that the N pieces of first indication information cannot be The uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,网络设备指示终端设备可以不去区分第一上行信道和第二上行信道的优先级,可以优先考虑通过下行控制信息调度的上行信息对应的指示信息,并指示终端设备根据该指示信息确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。由于终端设备不用去区分优先级,网络设备通过下行控制信息调度上行 信息的方式比较灵活,可使确定结果的精度较高。It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the network device instructs the terminal device not to distinguish the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel, but to give priority to the indication information corresponding to the uplink information scheduled through the downlink control information, and to indicate The terminal device determines, according to the indication information, whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. Since the terminal equipment does not need to distinguish priorities, the network equipment is more flexible in scheduling the uplink information through the downlink control information, which can make the determination result more accurate.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级。In some possible implementations, the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,网络设备指示终端设备,即使确定出第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级,但是,由于第一上行信息全部是由高层参数配置的,比较固定;而第二上行信息中存在下行控制信息调度的,调度方式比较灵活。因此,这个时候即使第一上行信道的优先级高,网络设备还是指示终端设备使用下行控制信息包括的第二指示信息确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,可使指示结果的精度较高。It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the network device instructs the terminal device, even if it is determined that the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, however, since the first uplink information is all determined by high-level parameters The configuration is relatively fixed; and if there is downlink control information scheduling in the second uplink information, the scheduling method is relatively flexible. Therefore, at this time, even if the priority of the first uplink channel is high, the network device still instructs the terminal device to use the second indication information included in the downlink control information to determine whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information Multiplexing transmission can make the precision of the indication result higher.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息中的L个第一上行信息是通过L个第一下行控制信息调度的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的R个第二上行信息是通过R个第二个下行控制信息调度的,其中,L和R均为大于或等于1的整数,L小于或等于N,R小于或等于M;第五下行控制信息包含的第三指示信息,用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;其中,所述第五下行控制信息为L个第一下行控制信息和R个第二下行控制信息中所述终端设备最后接收到的下行控制信息,所述第三指示信息为所述第一指示信息或者所述第二指示信息。In some possible implementations, L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through L pieces of first downlink control information, and R pieces of the M pieces of second uplink information The second uplink information is scheduled through R pieces of second downlink control information, where L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M; the fifth downlink control information includes The third indication information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; wherein, the fifth downlink control information is L pieces of first downlink control information and the last downlink control information received by the terminal device in the R pieces of second downlink control information, and the third indication information is the first indication information or the second indication information.
可以理解,当该第五下行控制信息包含的第三指示信息的取值为第一预设值时,指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;当该第五下行控制信息包含的第三指示信息的取值不是第一预设值时,指示不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。It can be understood that when the value of the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information is the first preset value, it indicates that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted. ; when the value of the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information is not the first preset value, indicating that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,在不区分优先级的情况下,网络设备指示终端设备可优先根据下行控制信息包括的指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,并且指示终端设备可以使用最后接收到的下行控制信息包括的指示信来确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,进而提高了网络设备指示的灵活性,以及容错率。It can be seen that, in the case of not distinguishing priorities, the network device instructs the terminal device to preferentially determine whether to perform the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the indication information included in the downlink control information. multiplexed transmission, and instructs the terminal device to use the indication letter included in the last received downlink control information to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, thereby improving the Flexibility of network device indication, and fault tolerance.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息中的L个第一上行信息是通过L个第一下行控制信息调度的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的R个第二上行信息是通过R个第二个下行控制信息调度的,其中,L和R均为大于或等于1的整数,L小于或等于N,R小于或等于M;当所述L个第一下行控制信息包含的L个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述R个第一下行控制信息包含的R个第二指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through L pieces of first downlink control information, and R pieces of the M pieces of second uplink information The second uplink information is scheduled through the R second downlink control information, where L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M; when the L first The values of the L pieces of first indication information included in the downlink control information are all first preset values, and the values of the R pieces of second indication information included in the R pieces of first downlink control information are all the first values of the first indication information. A preset value, indicating that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
可以理解,当L个第一下行控制信息包含的L个第一指示信息以及所述R个第一下行控制信息包含的R个第二指示信息中至少有一个指示信息的取值不是第一预设值时,指示不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。It can be understood that when at least one of the L pieces of first indication information contained in the L pieces of first downlink control information and the R pieces of second indication information contained in the R pieces of first downlink control information has a value other than the first indication information. When a preset value is used, it indicates that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,网络设备指示终端设备在不区分优先级的情况下,可以根据所有的下行控制信息包括的指示信息的取值,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,进而可以提高指示的精度。It can be seen that, in this embodiment, the network device instructs the terminal device to determine whether to use the N pieces of first uplink information according to the value of the indication information included in all downlink control information without distinguishing priorities. Multiplexing and transmission with the M pieces of second uplink information can further improve the accuracy of the indication.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是由N个第一高层参数配置的,且 所述M个第二上行信息是由M个第二高层参数配置,其中,每个第一高层参数包括一个第一指示信息,每个第二高层参数包括一个第二指示信息;当所述N个第一高层参数包含的N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述M个第二高层参数包含的M个第二指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N first layer parameters, and the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by M second layer parameters, wherein each The first high-layer parameter includes a first indication information, and each second high-layer parameter includes a second indication information; when the N first indication information included in the N first high-layer parameters are all the first preset values value, and the values of the M pieces of second indication information included in the M pieces of second high-level parameters are all the first preset values, indicating that the N pieces of first uplink information are combined with the M pieces of second uplink information. information is multiplexed.
可以看出,在本实施方式中,网络设备指示终端设备在不区分优先级,且都是高层参数调度的情况下,根据所有的第一指示信息以及所有的第二指示信息的取值,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,可保证指示的精度。It can be seen that, in this implementation manner, the network device instructs the terminal device to determine, according to the values of all the first indication information and all the second indication information, when the priority is not differentiated and both are scheduled by high-level parameters. Whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can ensure the accuracy of the indication.
在一些可能的实施方式中,当所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述M个第二指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all the first preset values, and the values of the M pieces of second indication information are all the first preset values, Indicates that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,网络设备指示终端设备可以根据获取到的所有指示信息的取值,确定是否进行复用传输,由于使用了所有的指示信息的取值进行指示,可以使指示借结果更加准确。It can be seen that the network device instructs the terminal device to determine whether to perform multiplexing transmission according to the acquired values of all the indication information. Since all the values of the indication information are used for indication, the result of the indication can be more accurate.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备,包括用于执行如第一方面所示的方法的单元或手段(means)。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, including a unit or means for executing the method shown in the first aspect.
该终端设备可以包括:收发模块,用于获取N个第一指示信息,所述N个第一指示信息对应N个第一上行信息,所述N个第一上行信息承载于第一上行信道;所述收发模块,还用于获取M个第二指示信息,所述M个第二指示信息对应M个第二上行信息,所述M个第二上行信息承载于第二上行信道;处理模块,用于根据所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;其中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道的优先级不同,且所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道时域重叠;N和M均为大于或等于1的整数。The terminal device may include: a transceiver module configured to acquire N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on the first uplink channel; The transceiver module is further configured to acquire M pieces of second indication information, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel; the processing module, for determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information; wherein, The priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap in time domain; N and M are both integers greater than or equal to 1.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级,在根据所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输方面,所述处理单元,具体用于:根据所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information , determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, the processing unit is specifically configured to: according to some or all of the N pieces of first indication information The first indication information determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一下行控制信息调度的,每个第一下行控制信息包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;在根据所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输方面,所述处理单元,具体用于:根据第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,其中,所述第三下行控制信息为所述N个第一下行控制信息中,所述终端设备最后接收到的第一下行控制信息。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information. One piece of first indication information; determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the first indication pieces of the N pieces of first indication information In one aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine, according to the first indication information included in the third downlink control information, whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, wherein , the third downlink control information is the first downlink control information received by the terminal device last among the N pieces of first downlink control information.
在一些可能的实施方式中,在根据第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输方面,所述处理单元,具体用于:当所述第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息为第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, in terms of determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the first indication information included in the third downlink control information, the a processing unit, which is specifically configured to: when the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is a first preset value, determine to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information use transmission.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一下行控制信息调度的,每个第一下行控制信息包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;在根据所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输方面,所述处理单元,具体用于:当所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information. One piece of first indication information; determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the first indication pieces of the N pieces of first indication information In one aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all a first preset value, determine to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information information is multiplexed.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的,每个第一高层参数包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;在根据所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输方面,所述处理单元,具体用于:当所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are configured through N pieces of first higher layer parameters, and each first higher layer parameter includes one first indication in the N pieces of the first indication information information; in terms of determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information, the a processing unit, specifically configured to: when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all a first preset value, determine to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information transmission.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的Z个第二上行信息是通过Z个第二下行控制信息调度的,其中,每个第一高层参数包括一个第一指示信息,每个第二下行控制信息包括一个第二指示信息,且Z小于或等于M;在根据所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输方面,所述处理单元,具体用于:根据所述Z个第二下行控制信息分别包括的Z个第二指示信息中的部分或全部第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N pieces of first higher layer parameters, and the Z pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by means of Z pieces of second uplink information In the downlink control information scheduling, each first high-layer parameter includes a first indication information, each second downlink control information includes a second indication information, and Z is less than or equal to M; In terms of the indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information, determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, the processing unit is specifically configured to: according to Part or all of the second indication information in the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the Z pieces of second downlink control information is used to determine whether to complex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information. use transmission.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级。In some possible implementations, the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息中的L个第一上行信息是通过L个第一下行控制信息调度的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的R个第二上行信息是通过R个第二个下行控制信息调度的,其中,L和R均为大于或等于1的整数,L小于或等于N,R小于或等于M;在根据所述第一上行信道对应的N个第一指示信息和/或所述第二上行信道对应的M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输方面,所述处理单元,具体用于:根据第五下行控制信息包含的第三指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;其中,所述第五下行控制信息为L个第一下行控制信息和R个第二下行控制信息中所述终端设备最后接收到的下行控制信息,所述第三指示信息为所述第一指示信息或者所述第二指示信息。In some possible implementations, L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through L pieces of first downlink control information, and R pieces of the M pieces of second uplink information The second uplink information is scheduled through R pieces of second downlink control information, where L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M; N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the channel and/or M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the second uplink channel, to determine whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information In terms of transmission, the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information; The fifth downlink control information is the last downlink control information received by the terminal device in the L pieces of first downlink control information and the R pieces of second downlink control information, and the third indication information is the first downlink control information. indication information or the second indication information.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是由N个第一高层参数配置的,且所述M个第二上行信息是由M个第二高层参数配置,其中,每个第一高层参数包括一个第一指示信息,每个第二高层参数包括一个第二指示信息;在根据所述第一上行信道对应的N个第一指示信息和/或所述第二上行信道对应的M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输方面,所述处理单元,具体用于:当所述N个第一高层参数包含的N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述M个第二高层参数包含的M个第二指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,确定将所述N个第一 上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N first layer parameters, and the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by M second layer parameters, wherein each The first high-layer parameter includes a first indication information, and each second high-layer parameter includes a second indication information; according to the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the first uplink channel and/or corresponding to the second uplink channel M pieces of second indication information, determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the N pieces of first uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted The values of the N pieces of first indication information included in the high-level parameters are all first preset values, and the values of the M pieces of second indication information included in the M second high-layer parameters are all the first preset values. , determining to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
在一些可能的实施方式中,在根据所述第一上行信道对应的N个第一指示信息和/或所述第二上行信道对应的M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输方面,所述处理单元,具体用于:当所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述M个第二指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, according to the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the first uplink channel and/or the M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the second uplink channel, it is determined whether to In terms of multiplexing and transmitting one uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, the processing unit is specifically configured to: when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all a first preset value, and the The values of the M pieces of second indication information are all the first preset values, and it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种网络设备,包括用于执行如第二方面所示的方法的单元或手段(means)。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including a unit or means for executing the method shown in the second aspect.
该网络设备可以包括:收发模块和处理模块;所述处理模块,用于控制所述收发模块发送N个第一指示信息,所述N个第一指示信息对应N个第一上行信息,所述N个第一上行信息承载于第一上行信道;所述处理模块,还用于控制所述收发模块发送M个第二指示信息,所述M个第二指示信息对应M个第二上行信息,所述M个第二上行信息承载于第二上行信道;其中,所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道的优先级不同,且所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道时域重叠;N和M均为大于或等于1的整数。The network device may include: a transceiver module and a processing module; the processing module is configured to control the transceiver module to send N pieces of first indication information, the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first uplink information, and the The N pieces of first uplink information are carried on the first uplink channel; the processing module is further configured to control the transceiver module to send M pieces of second indication information, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, The M pieces of second uplink information are carried on a second uplink channel; wherein, the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information are used to indicate whether to use the N pieces of first uplink information Perform multiplexing and transmission with the M pieces of second uplink information; the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the time domain of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap; Both N and M are integers greater than or equal to 1.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级;所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel; part or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information is used to indicate whether The N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一下行控制信息调度的,每个第一下行控制信息包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information. a first indication message;
第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,其中,所述第三下行控制信息为所述N个第一下行控制信息中,所述终端设备最后接收到的第一下行控制信息。The first indication information included in the third downlink control information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, wherein the third downlink control information is the Among the N pieces of first downlink control information, the last received first downlink control information by the terminal device.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息为第一预设值,用于指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is a first preset value, which is used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are to be performed. Multiplex transmission.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一下行控制信息调度的,每个第一下行控制信息包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,用于指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one of the N pieces of first indication information. One piece of first indication information; the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted .
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的,每个第一高层参数包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,用于指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are configured through N pieces of first higher layer parameters, and each first higher layer parameter includes one first indication in the N pieces of the first indication information information; the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的Z个第二上行信息是通过Z个第二下行控制信息调度的,其中,每个第一高层参数包括一个第一指示信息,每个第二下行控制信息包括一个第二指示信息,且Z小于或等于M;所述Z个第二下行控制信息分别包括的Z个第二指示信息中的 部分或全部第二指示信息,用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N pieces of first higher layer parameters, and the Z pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by means of Z pieces of second uplink information The downlink control information is scheduled, wherein each first high-level parameter includes a first indication information, each second downlink control information includes a second indication information, and Z is less than or equal to M; the Z second downlink control information Some or all of the second indication information in the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级。In some possible implementations, the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息中的L个第一上行信息是通过L个第一下行控制信息调度的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的R个第二上行信息是通过R个第二个下行控制信息调度的,其中,L和R均为大于或等于1的整数,L小于或等于N,R小于或等于M;In some possible implementations, L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through L pieces of first downlink control information, and R pieces of the M pieces of second uplink information The second uplink information is scheduled through the R second downlink control information, where L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M;
第五下行控制信息包含的第三指示信息,用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;其中,所述第五下行控制信息为L个第一下行控制信息和R个第二下行控制信息中所述终端设备最后接收到的下行控制信息,所述第三指示信息为所述第一指示信息或者所述第二指示信息。The third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; wherein, the fifth downlink control information is L The last downlink control information received by the terminal device in the pieces of first downlink control information and the R pieces of second downlink control information, and the third indication information is the first indication information or the second indication information.
在一些可能的实施方式中,所述N个第一上行信息是由N个第一高层参数配置的,且所述M个第二上行信息是由M个第二高层参数配置,其中,每个第一高层参数包括一个第一指示信息,每个第二高层参数包括一个第二指示信息;所述N个第一高层参数包含的N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述M个第二高层参数包含的M个第二指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,用于指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementations, the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N first layer parameters, and the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by M second layer parameters, wherein each The first high layer parameter includes a first indication information, and each second high layer parameter includes a second indication information; the values of the N first indication information included in the N first high layer parameters are all first preset values , and the values of the M pieces of second indication information included in the M pieces of second high-level parameters are all the first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second The uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted.
在一些可能的实施方式中,当所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述M个第二指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In some possible implementation manners, when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all the first preset values, and the values of the M pieces of second indication information are all the first preset values, Indicates that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器相连,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如上述第一方面中由终端设备所执行的方法。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, the memory is used for storing a computer program, and the processor is used for executing the computer program stored in the memory, So that the apparatus performs the method performed by the terminal device as in the above-mentioned first aspect.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器相连,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如上述第二方面中由网络设备所执行的方法。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, the memory is used for storing a computer program, and the processor is used for executing the computer program stored in the memory, so that the apparatus performs the method performed by the network device as in the above-mentioned second aspect.
第七方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码并运行时,使得上述各方面中由终端设备执行的方法被执行。In a seventh aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed, the method performed by the terminal device in the above aspects is executed.
第八方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码被运行时,使得上述各方面中由网络设备执行的方法被执行。In an eighth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed, the method performed by the network device in the above aspects is executed.
第九方面,本申请提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于实现上述各方面的方法中终端设备的功能。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,用于保存程序指令和/或数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor for implementing the functions of the terminal device in the methods of the above aspects. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
第十方面,本申请提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于实现上述各方面的方法中网络设备的功能。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,用于保存程序指令和/或数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor for implementing the functions of the network device in the methods of the above aspects. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
第十一方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有 计算机程序,当该计算机程序被运行时,实现上述各方面中由终端设备执行的方法。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, the method executed by the terminal device in the above aspects is implemented.
第十二方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当该计算机程序被运行时,实现上述各方面中由网络设备执行的方法。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, the method executed by the network device in the above aspects is implemented.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种上行信息进行复用的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of multiplexing of uplink information according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种用于上行传输的方法的流程示意图;3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for uplink transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种确定是否满足时序关系的示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of determining whether a timing relationship is satisfied, according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的另外一种确定是否满足时序关系的示意图;5 is another schematic diagram of determining whether a timing relationship is satisfied, provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
本申请实施例中的技术方案,可应用于各种通信系统。比如,第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统以及未来的移动通信系统等。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems. For example, the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication system and future mobile communication systems, etc.
本申请实施例涉及的终端设备,例如,可以为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)。该UE可以为向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该UE可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。UE可以包括无线用户设备、移动用户设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)用户设备、车到一切(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)用户设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)用户设备、物联网(internet of things,IoT)用户设备、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动用户设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。The terminal equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application, for example, may be user equipment (User Equipment, UE). The UE may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, and may include, for example, a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The UE may communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. The UE may include wireless user equipment, mobile user equipment, device-to-device (D2D) user equipment, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) user equipment, machine-to-machine/machine-type communication ( machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC) user equipment, Internet of things (IoT) user equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station) , remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc. For example, it may include mobile telephones (or "cellular" telephones), computers with mobile user equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-embedded mobile devices, and the like. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants), PDA), etc. Also includes constrained devices, such as devices with lower power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power, etc. For example, it includes information sensing devices such as barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), and laser scanners.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该UE还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即 直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。As an example but not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the UE may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. Wait. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
而如上介绍的各种UE,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载用户设备,车载用户设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU),本申请实施例对此不作限定。The various UEs described above, if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as on-board user equipment, and the on-board user equipment is also called an on-board unit (OBU). , which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例还涉及网络设备,例如可以为接入网(Access network,AN)设备。该AN设备可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线用户设备通信的设备,例如基站NodeB(例如,接入点),该NodeB可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换,作为UE与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中,该接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络且。例如,该NodeB可以是长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(the 5th generation,5G)NR系统中的新空口网络设备gNB。该AN设备还可以是一种车到一切(Vehicle to Everything,V2X)技术中的接入网设备为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)。该RSU可以是支持V2X应用的固定基础设施实体,可以与支持V2X应用的其他实体交换消息。另外,AN设备还可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network,CloudRAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),此时,该AN设备协调对空口的属性管理。本申请实施例对AN设备不作限定。The embodiments of the present application also relate to network devices, which may be, for example, access network (Access network, AN) devices. The AN device may refer to a device in the access network that communicates with the wireless user equipment through one or more cells over the air interface, such as a base station NodeB (eg, an access point), where the NodeB can be used to compare received air frames with Internet Protocol (IP) packets are interconverted as routers between the UE and the rest of the access network, which may include IP networks and. For example, the NodeB may be an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system or long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A) system, Alternatively, it may also include a new air interface network device gNB in the 5th generation (the 5th generation, 5G) NR system. The AN device may also be a vehicle-to-everything (Vehicle to Everything, V2X) technology. The access network device is a road side unit (RSU). The RSU may be a fixed infrastructure entity supporting V2X applications, and may exchange messages with other entities supporting V2X applications. In addition, the AN device may further include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in a cloud radio access network (CloudRAN) system. In this case, the AN device coordinates the Attribute management of air interface. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the AN device.
为了便于理解本申请,首先在此介绍本申请实施例涉及的相关技术知识。In order to facilitate the understanding of the present application, the related technical knowledge involved in the embodiments of the present application is first introduced here.
为了更好的支持混合业务的复用传输,在第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)Release16协议版本中,引入了物理层优先级的划分,可以将上行信息根据对应的业务类型分成高优先级(High priority,HP)的上行信息或低优先级(Low priority,LP)的上行信息,对应地,承载上行信息的上行信道也可以分为高优先级的上行信道和低优先级的上行信道。如果相同优先级的物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)与物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)之间重叠,可以直接将PUCCH和PUSCH中承载的上行信息进行复用传输;如果不同优先级的上行信道之间重叠,则不允许将承载的上行信息进行复用传输,需要在重叠的时域资源位置放弃低优先级的上行信道承载的上行信息,只传输高优先级的上行信道承载的上行信息。但是,如果低优先级的上行信道的传输不影响高优先级的上行信道的传输,直接放弃了复用传输,会影响低优先级的上行信道的传输效率。相反,如果直接进行复用传输,可能会给高优先级的上行信道的传输带来传输时延,降低传输效率,影响其传输的可靠性。In order to better support the multiplexing and transmission of mixed services, in the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Release16 protocol version, the division of physical layer priorities is introduced, and the uplink information can be classified according to the corresponding service type. It is divided into high priority (HP) uplink information or low priority (Low priority, LP) uplink information. Correspondingly, the uplink channel carrying uplink information can also be divided into high priority uplink channel and low priority. the upstream channel. If the Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) of the same priority overlaps with the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), the uplink information carried in the PUCCH and PUSCH can be directly multiplexed and transmitted; If uplink channels with different priorities overlap, multiplexing and transmission of the carried uplink information is not allowed. It is necessary to abandon the uplink information carried by the low-priority uplink channels at the overlapping time domain resource positions, and only transmit the high-priority uplink information. Uplink information carried by the uplink channel. However, if the transmission of the low-priority uplink channel does not affect the transmission of the high-priority uplink channel, and the multiplexing transmission is directly abandoned, the transmission efficiency of the low-priority uplink channel will be affected. On the contrary, if the multiplexing transmission is performed directly, it may bring transmission delay to the transmission of the high-priority uplink channel, reduce the transmission efficiency, and affect the reliability of its transmission.
可以理解地,本申请中一个上行信道中承载的上行信息具有相同的物理层优先级,因此上行信道的优先级可以用该上行信道承载的上行信息的优先级表征。相应地,上行信道的优先级不同也指上行信道承载的上行信息的优先级不同。这样,上行信道#1的优先级高于上行信道#2的优先级,等价于,上行信道#1承载的上行信息#1的优先级高于上行信道#2 承载的上行信息#2的优先级。也就是说,不同优先级的上行信道或者不同优先级上行信道承载的上行信息具有优先级的排序,即,包括高优先级的上行信息与低优先级的上行信息。It can be understood that the uplink information carried in one uplink channel in this application has the same physical layer priority, so the priority of the uplink channel can be represented by the priority of the uplink information carried by the uplink channel. Correspondingly, the different priorities of the uplink channels also refer to the different priorities of the uplink information carried by the uplink channels. In this way, the priority of uplink channel #1 is higher than the priority of uplink channel #2, which is equivalent to that the priority of uplink information #1 carried by uplink channel #1 is higher than the priority of uplink information #2 carried by uplink channel #2 class. That is to say, uplink channels of different priorities or uplink information carried by uplink channels of different priorities have a priority order, that is, uplink information of high priority and uplink information of low priority are included.
参阅图1,如图1中的左图所示,第一PUCCH(PUCCH1)为HP PUCCH,第二PUCCH(PUCCH2)为LP PUCCH,由于在传输HP PUCCH承载的HP UCI之前,终端设备仍然有空闲的时域资源,这个时候可以将LP PUCCH承载的LP上行控制信息(uplink control information,UCI)与HP PUCCH中承载的HP UCI复用,并将联合后的上行控制信息(joint UCI)承载在第三PUCCH(PUCCH3)上进行传输,并不会给HP PUCCH承载的HP UCI的传输带来时延。但是,如果这个时候放弃复用传输,则会影响LP PUCCH承载的LP UCI的传输效率。如图1中的右图所示,可能在传输HP PUCCH承载的HP UCI之前,没有空闲的时域资源,这个时候将LP PUCCH承载的LP UCI与HP PUCCH承载的HP UCI复用到PUCCH3上进行传输,复用传输的结束时间是大于HP PUCCH的结束时间。因此,如果直接将LP PUCCH与HP PUCCH承载的上行信息进行复用传输,则会给HP PUCCH承载的HP UCI的传输带来时延,影响HP业务的传输效率。Referring to Figure 1, as shown in the left figure in Figure 1, the first PUCCH (PUCCH1) is the HP PUCCH, and the second PUCCH (PUCCH2) is the LP PUCCH, because before the HP UCI carried by the HP PUCCH is transmitted, the terminal device is still idle At this time, the LP uplink control information (UCI) carried by the LP PUCCH can be multiplexed with the HP UCI carried in the HP PUCCH, and the joint uplink control information (joint UCI) can be carried in the first The transmission on the three PUCCHs (PUCCH3) does not bring delay to the transmission of the HP UCI carried by the HP PUCCH. However, if the multiplexing transmission is abandoned at this time, the transmission efficiency of the LP UCI carried by the LP PUCCH will be affected. As shown in the right figure in Figure 1, there may be no idle time domain resources before the HP UCI carried by the HP PUCCH is transmitted. At this time, the LP UCI carried by the LP PUCCH and the HP UCI carried by the HP PUCCH are multiplexed on PUCCH3 Transmission, the end time of multiplex transmission is greater than the end time of HP PUCCH. Therefore, if the uplink information carried by the LP PUCCH and the HP PUCCH is directly multiplexed and transmitted, it will bring a delay to the transmission of the HP UCI carried by the HP PUCCH and affect the transmission efficiency of the HP service.
综上来看,终端设备进行复用传输或者放弃复用传输的方式比较单一,影响传输效率。To sum up, the terminal equipment performs multiplexing transmission or abandons multiplexing transmission in a relatively simple manner, which affects the transmission efficiency.
首先介绍本申请涉及到的相关概念,便于理解本申请。First, the related concepts involved in the present application are introduced to facilitate understanding of the present application.
1、上行信道的分类。1. Classification of uplink channels.
上行信道包括PUCCH和PUSCH。其中,PUCCH用于承载上行控制信息UCI,PUSCH用于承载上行控制信息UCI和/或数据data。其中,UCI包括以下至少一种:Uplink channels include PUCCH and PUSCH. The PUCCH is used to carry the uplink control information UCI, and the PUSCH is used to carry the uplink control information UCI and/or data data. Among them, UCI includes at least one of the following:
物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)的混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request,HARQ)-确认应答或否定应答(ACK/NACK),简称为HARQ-ACK、信道状态信息(Channel State Information,CSI),且该CSI包括周期性(Periodic,P)-CSI、半持续性(Semi-Persistent,SP)-CSI以及非周期(Aperiodic,A)-CSI、调度请求(Scheduling Request,SR),波束失败恢复(Beam Failure Recovery,BFR)。Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) for Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) - Acknowledgement or Negative Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK), referred to as HARQ-ACK, Channel State Information (Channel State) Information, CSI), and the CSI includes Periodic (Periodic, P)-CSI, Semi-Persistent (SP)-CSI and Aperiodic (Aperiodic, A)-CSI, Scheduling Request (Scheduling Request, SR) , Beam Failure Recovery (BFR).
2、上行信息的调度方式。2. The scheduling method of uplink information.
上行信息的调度方式包括以下三种类型:下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)调度的、高层参数配置的以及高层参数配置,但需要DCI激活的。The scheduling methods of uplink information include the following three types: downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) scheduling, high-level parameter configuration, and high-level parameter configuration, but requires DCI activation.
2.1、在上行信息的传输为DCI调度的情况下,上行信息包括以下至少一种:2.1. When the transmission of uplink information is DCI scheduling, the uplink information includes at least one of the following:
DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK、上行数据、以及DCI触发的A-CSI,包括A-CSI on PUCCH和A-CSI on PUSCH。HARQ-ACK of PDSCH scheduled by DCI, uplink data, and A-CSI triggered by DCI, including A-CSI on PUCCH and A-CSI on PUSCH.
2.2、在上行信息的传输为高层参数配置的情况下,上行信息包括以下至少一种:2.2. When the transmission of uplink information is configured by high-level parameters, the uplink information includes at least one of the following:
SR,对应的高层参数为该SR的PUCCH资源配置参数;SR, the corresponding high-level parameter is the PUCCH resource configuration parameter of the SR;
BFR,对应的高层参数为该BFR的PUCCH资源配置参数;BFR, the corresponding high-level parameter is the PUCCH resource configuration parameter of the BFR;
Type-1 CG PUSCH中承载的数据,该Type-1 CG PUSCH为配置授权(Configured Grant,CG)-PUSCH中的第一类型(Type-1),对应的高层参数为Type-1 CG配置参数。The data carried in the Type-1 CG PUSCH, the Type-1 CG PUSCH is the first type (Type-1) in the Configured Grant (CG)-PUSCH, and the corresponding high-level parameters are the Type-1 CG configuration parameters.
2.3、在上行信息的传输为高层参数配置,但需要DCI激活的情况下,上行信息包括以下至少一种:2.3. When the transmission of uplink information is configured by high-level parameters, but DCI activation is required, the uplink information includes at least one of the following:
Type-2 CG PUSCH中承载的数据,该Type-2 CG PUSCH为CG-PUSCH中的第一类型 (Type-2),对应的高层参数为Type-2 CG配置参数;The data carried in the Type-2 CG PUSCH, the Type-2 CG PUSCH is the first type (Type-2) in the CG-PUSCH, and the corresponding high-level parameters are the Type-2 CG configuration parameters;
SP-CSI on PUSCH,对应的高层参数为SP CSI report配置参数;SP-CSI on PUSCH, the corresponding high-level parameters are SP CSI report configuration parameters;
半持续性调度(Semi-Persistent-Scheduling,SPS)-PDSCH的HARQ-ACK,对应的高层参数为SPS配置参数,即SPS Config。Semi-persistent scheduling (Semi-Persistent-Scheduling, SPS) - HARQ-ACK of PDSCH, the corresponding high-level parameter is the SPS configuration parameter, that is, SPS Config.
3、上行信息优先级的指示方式。3. Indication method of uplink information priority.
3.1、DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK:网络设备通过在该DCI中增加1bit的优先级指示(priority indicator)字段来指示HARQ-ACK的优先级;3.1. HARQ-ACK of PDSCH scheduled by DCI: The network device indicates the priority of HARQ-ACK by adding a 1-bit priority indicator field in the DCI;
3.2、SPS-PDSCH的HARQ-ACK:网络设备通过在SPS配置参数(即,SPS Config)中增加1bit priority Indicator指示SPS-PDSCH的优先级;3.2. HARQ-ACK of SPS-PDSCH: The network device indicates the priority of SPS-PDSCH by adding 1bit priority Indicator to the SPS configuration parameter (ie, SPS Config);
需要注意的是,SPS PDSCH通过DCI激活,这个用来激活的DCI中也有1bit的priority indictor字段,但是该字段自动失效,不会改写SPS Config中指示的优先级。It should be noted that the SPS PDSCH is activated through DCI, and the DCI used for activation also has a 1-bit priority indictor field, but this field is automatically invalid and will not rewrite the priority indicated in the SPS Config.
3.3、SR或BFR:网络设备通过在SR或BFR对应的PUCCH资源的无线资源控制参数中增加1bit priority Indicator参数来指示SR或BFR的优先级;3.3. SR or BFR: The network device indicates the priority of the SR or BFR by adding a 1bit priority Indicator parameter to the radio resource control parameter of the PUCCH resource corresponding to the SR or BFR;
3.4、CSI on PUCCH:对于P-CSI和SP-CSI来说,都默认是低优先级的;对于A-CSI on PUCCH,网络设备通过触发该A-CSI的DCI中的1bit priority indicator来指示优先级A-CSI的优先级。3.4. CSI on PUCCH: For P-CSI and SP-CSI, the default is low priority; for A-CSI on PUCCH, the network device indicates the priority by triggering 1bit priority indicator in the DCI of the A-CSI. Priority of level A-CSI.
3.5、DCI调度的PUSCH,简称GB(Grant-based)-PUSCH:网络设备通过在该DCI中增加1bit的priority indicator字段来指示GB-PUSCH的优先级。3.5. PUSCH scheduled by DCI, referred to as GB (Grant-based)-PUSCH: The network device indicates the priority of GB-PUSCH by adding a 1-bit priority indicator field to the DCI.
3.6、CG-PUSCH:网络设备通过在CG配置信息(CG Config)中增加1bit priority Indicator参数来指示优先级。3.6. CG-PUSCH: The network device indicates the priority by adding a 1bit priority Indicator parameter to the CG configuration information (CG Config).
需要注意的是,CG PUSCH分为2类,Type-1 CG PUSCH和Type-2 CG PUSCH,Type-1CG PUSCH是完全由RRC参数配置传输的,Type-2 CG PUSCH通过DCI激活,这个激活DCI中也有1bit的priority indictor字段,但是该字段自动失效,不会改写CG Config中指示的优先级。It should be noted that CG PUSCH is divided into 2 types, Type-1 CG PUSCH and Type-2 CG PUSCH, Type-1 CG PUSCH is completely configured and transmitted by RRC parameters, Type-2 CG PUSCH is activated through DCI, this activation DCI in There is also a 1-bit priority indictor field, but this field is automatically invalid and will not overwrite the priority indicated in CG Config.
3.7、SP-CSI或A-CSI on PUSCH:网络设备通过触发SP-CSI或A-CSI的DCI中增加1bit的priority indicator字段来指示GB-PUSCH的优先级。3.7. SP-CSI or A-CSI on PUSCH: The network device indicates the priority of GB-PUSCH by adding a 1-bit priority indicator field to the DCI that triggers SP-CSI or A-CSI.
下面结合附图详细说明本申请的技术方案。The technical solutions of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
参阅图2,图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构图示意图。通信系统10包括终端设备100和网络设备200。终端设备100获取第一指示信息,该第一指示信息对应N个第一上行信息,该N个第一上行信息承载于第一上行信道;终端设备100还获取M个第二指示信息,该M个第二指示信息对应M个第二上行信息,该M个第二上行信息承载于第二上行信道;终端设备100根据该N个第一上行信息和/或M个第二指示信息,确定是否将该N个第一上行信息和该M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;其中,该第一上行信道与该第二上行信道的优先级不同,且该第一上行信道与该第二上行信道时域重叠,且重叠的时域资源为第一时域资源,N和M均为大于或等于1的整数。Referring to FIG. 2, FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication system 10 includes a terminal device 100 and a network device 200 . The terminal device 100 acquires first indication information, the first indication information corresponds to N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on the first uplink channel; the terminal device 100 also acquires M pieces of second indication information, the M pieces of first uplink information are The pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel; the terminal device 100 determines whether the N pieces of first uplink information and/or the M pieces of second indication information Multiplexing and transmitting the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; wherein, the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel have different priorities. The channels overlap in time domain, and the overlapping time domain resource is the first time domain resource, and both N and M are integers greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,所述第一指示信息可以包含在网络设备200向终端设备100发送的第一DCI或者第一高层参数中,所述第一DCI用于调度所述第一上行信息的传输,所述第一高层参 数用于配置所述第一上行信息的传输,且可以是无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令。一个第一上行信息对应的第一指示信息用于指示该上行信息能否与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the first indication information may be included in the first DCI or the first high-layer parameter sent by the network device 200 to the terminal device 100, where the first DCI is used to schedule the transmission of the first uplink information, so The first higher layer parameter is used to configure the transmission of the first uplink information, and may be radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling. The first indication information corresponding to a piece of first uplink information is used to indicate whether the uplink information can be multiplexed and transmitted with uplink information of different priorities.
可选地,所述第二指示信息可以包含在网络设备200向终端设备100发送的第二DCI或者第二高层参数中,所述第二DCI用于调度所述第二上行信息的传输,所述第二高层参数用于配置所述第二上行信息的传输,且可以是RRC信令。一个第二上行信息对应的第二指示信息用于指示该上行信息能否与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the second indication information may be included in the second DCI or the second higher layer parameter sent by the network device 200 to the terminal device 100, where the second DCI is used to schedule the transmission of the second uplink information, so The second higher layer parameter is used to configure the transmission of the second uplink information, and may be RRC signaling. The second indication information corresponding to a piece of second uplink information is used to indicate whether the uplink information can be multiplexed and transmitted with uplink information of different priorities.
可选地,第一上行信道的优先级为所述N个第一上行信息的优先级,所述N个第一上行信息具有相同的优先级。Optionally, the priority of the first uplink channel is the priority of the N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information have the same priority.
可选地,第二上行信道的优先级为所述M个第二上行信息的优先级,所述M个第二上行信息具有相同的优先级。Optionally, the priority of the second uplink channel is the priority of the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information have the same priority.
可选地,所述优先级指的是物理层优先级,用于隐式指示所述上行信息对应的业务类型或者业务的时延或可靠性需求。Optionally, the priority refers to a physical layer priority, which is used to implicitly indicate a service type corresponding to the uplink information or a service delay or reliability requirement.
可选地,该第一上行信道与该第二上行信道时域重叠,指的是,第一上行信道的时域资源和第二上行信道的时域资源包含至少一个相同的时间单元,所述时间单元可以是时隙和/或符号。例如,第一上行信道的时域资源是时隙#3中符号#1~#6,第二上行信道的时域资源是时隙#3中符号#4~#9,所述时间单元是符号,则二者包含的相同时间单元为时隙#3中符号#4~#6。对应的,重叠的时域资源,即第一时域资源,对应时隙#3中符号#4~#6。Optionally, the time domain of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap, which means that the time domain resources of the first uplink channel and the time domain resources of the second uplink channel include at least one same time unit, and the Time units may be slots and/or symbols. For example, the time domain resources of the first uplink channel are symbols #1 to #6 in time slot #3, the time domain resources of the second uplink channel are symbols #4 to #9 in time slot #3, and the time unit is a symbol , then the same time units included in the two are symbols #4 to #6 in time slot #3. Correspondingly, the overlapping time domain resources, that is, the first time domain resources, correspond to symbols #4 to #6 in time slot #3.
当终端设备100确定将该N个第一上行信息与该M个第二上行信息进行复用传输时,则将该第N个第一上行信息与该M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括将该N个第一上行信息和该M个第二上行信息进行复用,并在该第三上行信道上向网络设备200发送复用后的联合上行信息。其中,该第三上行信道可以是该第一上行信道或第二上行信道中的一个,也可以是不同于第一上行信道和第二上行信道的另外一个上行信道。第三上行信道的确定方法可以是任意一种确定方法,本申请对此不做特别限定。When the terminal device 100 determines that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, then the Nth first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, This includes multiplexing the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, and sending the multiplexed joint uplink information to the network device 200 on the third uplink channel. Wherein, the third upstream channel may be one of the first upstream channel or the second upstream channel, or may be another upstream channel different from the first upstream channel and the second upstream channel. The determination method of the third uplink channel may be any determination method, which is not particularly limited in this application.
当终端设备100确定不能将该N个第一上行信息与该M个第二上行信息进行复用传输时,在该第一时域资源位置向网络设备200发送该第一上行信道承载的第一上行信息,并在该第一时域资源位置放弃向网络设备200发送第二上行信道,其中该第一上行信道的优先级高于第二上行信道。可选地,在该第一时域资源位置放弃向网络设备200发送第二上行信道,也可以表示为在该第一时域资源位置不发送第二上行信道或取消该第二上行信道的发送。可选地,在第一时域资源位置丢弃发送/不发送/取消发送第二上行信道,包括原本在第一时域资源上、第二上行信道承载的部分或全部第二上行信息也会被丢弃发送/不发送/取消发送。When the terminal device 100 determines that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted, the terminal device 100 sends the first time-domain resource location to the network device 200 to transmit the first link carried by the first uplink channel to the network device 200. Uplink information, and give up sending the second uplink channel to the network device 200 at the first time domain resource position, where the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than that of the second uplink channel. Optionally, giving up sending the second uplink channel to the network device 200 at the first time domain resource location may also mean not sending the second uplink channel at the first time domain resource location or canceling the sending of the second uplink channel. . Optionally, discarding/not sending/cancelling sending the second uplink channel at the first time domain resource position, including part or all of the second uplink information originally carried on the first time domain resource and the second uplink channel will also be used. Discard send/don't send/cancel send.
可以看出,在本申请实施例中,终端设备200根据N个第一上行信息对应的N个第一指示信息和/或M个第二上行信息对应的M个第二指示信息,确定是否能将N个第一上行信息和M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,而不是单纯的直接进行复用传输或放弃复用传输,从而提升了终端设备在进行复用传输或者放弃复用传输过程中的灵活性,既能避免复用传输影响高优先级业务传输的时延与可靠性,也可以提升低优先级业务的传输效率。It can be seen that, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device 200 determines whether it can be Multiplexing and transmitting N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information, instead of simply performing multiplexing transmission directly or abandoning multiplexing transmission, thereby improving the process of multiplexing transmission or abandoning multiplexing transmission for terminal equipment The flexibility in the network can not only prevent multiplexing from affecting the delay and reliability of high-priority service transmission, but also improve the transmission efficiency of low-priority services.
参阅图3,图3为本申请实施例提供的一种用于上行传输的方法的流程示意图。该方法包括以下步骤:Referring to FIG. 3 , FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for uplink transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes the following steps:
301:终端设备获取N个第一指示信息,所述N个第一指示信息对应N个第一上行信息,所述N个第一上行信息承载于第一上行信道。301: A terminal device acquires N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on a first uplink channel.
示例性的,第一上行信道包括第一PUCCH或者第一PUSCH。该N个第一上行信息中的每个第一上行信息可以为第一UCI或数据(data)。其中,该第一UCI包括以下至少一种:HARQ-ACK、P-CSI、SP-CSI、A-CSI、SR和BFR。Exemplarily, the first uplink channel includes the first PUCCH or the first PUSCH. Each of the N pieces of first uplink information may be a first UCI or data (data). The first UCI includes at least one of the following: HARQ-ACK, P-CSI, SP-CSI, A-CSI, SR, and BFR.
示例性的,上行信息的调度方式包括三种:(1)网络设备通过DCI调度、(2)通过高层参数配置、(3)通过高层参数配置,但需要DCI激活。因此,该N个第一上行信息可以是网络设备通过上述三种调度方式中的一种或多种进行调度得到的,且每种调度方式都会包含有第一指示信息;然后,终端设备根据网络设备对该N个第一上行信息的调度方式,获取该N个第一指示信息。Exemplarily, there are three scheduling methods for uplink information: (1) the network device is scheduled by DCI, (2) configured by high-level parameters, and (3) configured by high-level parameters, but DCI activation is required. Therefore, the N pieces of first uplink information may be obtained by the network device performing scheduling through one or more of the above three scheduling methods, and each scheduling method will include the first indication information; The device obtains the N pieces of first indication information for the scheduling mode of the N pieces of first uplink information.
需要说明,对于高层参数配置,但需要DCI激活的调度方式,其包括的第一指示信息可以是激活时使用的DCI中所包括的第一指示信息,也可以是高层配置参数包括的第一指示信息,这里不做限制。也就是说,下面描述中,“网络设备通过DCI调度”包括“网络设备通过DCI调度”和/或“网络设备通过高层参数配置,但需要DCI激活”,“网络设备通过高层参数配置”包括“网络设备通过高层参数配置”和/或“网络设备通过高层参数配置,但需要DCI激活”。It should be noted that for the high-level parameter configuration, but the scheduling method of DCI activation is required, the first indication information included in the DCI may be the first indication information included in the DCI used during activation, or the first indication included in the high-level configuration parameters. information, not limited here. That is to say, in the following description, "the network device is scheduled by DCI" includes "the network device is scheduled by the DCI" and/or "the network device is configured by high-level parameters, but requires DCI activation", and "the network device is configured by high-level parameters" includes " The network device is configured by high-level parameters" and/or "The network device is configured by high-level parameters, but requires DCI activation".
下面结合具体的调度方式详细说明终端设备获取该N个第一指示信息的方式。The manner in which the terminal device acquires the N pieces of first indication information will be described in detail below with reference to a specific scheduling manner.
(1)情形1:N个第一上行信息是网络设备通过N个第一DCI调度的。(1) Scenario 1: The N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled by the network device through the N pieces of first DCI.
示例性的,该N个第一上行信息全部是网络设备通过N个第一DCI调度的,其中,每个第一DCI包括一个第一指示信息。比如,可以在每个第一DCI中增加一个字段,通过该字段携带该第一指示信息;或者,可以复用每个第一DCI中一个现有字段,通过该字段携带该第一指示信息。所述第一指示信息可以用于指示该DCI调度的上行信息能否与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用。因此,终端设备可以通过解析每个第一DCI中一个新增或现有字段,获取该N第一指示信息。Exemplarily, the N pieces of first uplink information are all scheduled by the network device through the N pieces of first DCI, where each first DCI includes one piece of first indication information. For example, a field may be added to each first DCI, and the first indication information may be carried by the field; or, an existing field in each first DCI may be multiplexed, and the first indication information may be carried by the field. The first indication information may be used to indicate whether the uplink information scheduled by the DCI can be multiplexed with uplink information of different priorities. Therefore, the terminal device can obtain the N first indication information by parsing a new or existing field in each first DCI.
(2)情形2:N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的。(2) Scenario 2: N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N pieces of first higher layer parameters.
示例性的,该N个第一上行信息全部是网络设备通过N个第一高层参数配置的,其中,每个第一高层参数包括一个第一指示信息。比如,可以在每个第一高层参数增加一个字段,通过该字段携带该第一指示信息。或者,可以复用每个第一高层参数中一个现有字段,通过该字段携带该第一指示信息。因此,终端设备可以通过解析每个第一高层参数中一个新增或现有字段,获取该N个第一指示信息。所述第一指示信息可以用于指示该高层参数配置的上行信道承载的上行信息能否与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用。这里,高层参数可以是RRC信令,高层参数包含的一个字段可以是RRC信令中一个信元(Information element)。Exemplarily, the N pieces of first uplink information are all configured by the network device through N pieces of first higher layer parameters, where each first higher layer parameter includes one piece of first indication information. For example, a field may be added to each first high-level parameter, and the first indication information may be carried by the field. Alternatively, an existing field in each of the first high-layer parameters may be multiplexed, and the first indication information may be carried by the field. Therefore, the terminal device can obtain the N pieces of first indication information by parsing a new or existing field in each first high-level parameter. The first indication information may be used to indicate whether the uplink information carried by the uplink channel configured by the high layer parameter can be multiplexed with uplink information of different priorities. Here, the high-level parameter may be RRC signaling, and a field included in the high-level parameter may be an information element (Information element) in the RRC signaling.
(3)情形3:N个第一上行信息中的X个第一上行信息是网络设备通过X个第一DCI调度的,其余Y个第一上行信息是网络设备通过Y个第一高层参数配置的,其中,X+Y=N,X和Y均为大于或等于1的整数。(3) Scenario 3: The X pieces of first uplink information among the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled by the network equipment through the X pieces of first DCI, and the remaining Y pieces of first uplink information are configured by the network equipment through the Y pieces of first high-level parameters , where X+Y=N, and both X and Y are integers greater than or equal to 1.
示例性的,该N个第一上行中的一部分第一上行信息,即X个第一上行信息,是网络设 备通过X个第一DCI调度的,其中,每个第一DCI包括一个第一指示信息;另外一部分第一上行信息,即Y个第一上行信息,是网络设备通过Y个第一高层参数配置的。Exemplarily, a part of the first uplink information in the N first uplinks, that is, the X first uplink information, is scheduled by the network device through the X first DCIs, wherein each first DCI includes a first indication information; the other part of the first uplink information, that is, the Y first uplink information, is configured by the network device through the Y first upper layer parameters.
其中,X个第一上行信息X个第一指示信息获取方法和上面情形1中第一指示信息获取方法类似,Y个第一上行信息的Y个第一指示信息获取方法和上面情形2中第一指示信息获取方法类似,这里不再展开描述。The method for obtaining the X pieces of first indication information is similar to the method for obtaining the first indication information in the above situation 1, and the method for obtaining the Y pieces of first indication information for the Y pieces of first uplink information is the same as the method for obtaining the first indication information in the above situation 2. The method for obtaining the indication information is similar, and the description is not described here.
举例来说,第一上行信道是PUCCH,其承载的一部分第一上行信息可以是网络设备通过第一DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK,其余部分第一上行信息可以是网络设备通过第一高层参数配置的SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK或SR或CSI;再如,一部分第一上行信息可以是网络设备通过第一DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK,其余部分第一上行信息可以是网络设备通过第一高层参数配置的Type-1 CG PUSCH承载的数据。For example, the first uplink channel is PUCCH, part of the first uplink information carried by it may be the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH scheduled by the network device through the first DCI, and the rest of the first uplink information may be the network device through the first high layer parameter HARQ-ACK or SR or CSI of the configured SPS PDSCH; for another example, a part of the first uplink information may be the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH scheduled by the network device through the first DCI, and the rest of the first uplink information may be the network device through the first Data carried by Type-1 CG PUSCH configured by high-level parameters.
302:终端设备获取M个第二指示信息,所述M个第二指示信息对应M个第二上行信息,所述M个第二上行信息承载于第二上行信道。302: The terminal device acquires M pieces of second indication information, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel.
该第一上行信道与该第二上行信道的优先级不同,即该第一上行信道和该第二上行信道中一个为高优先级的上行信道,另一个为低优先级的上行信道。此外,该第一上行信道与该第二上行信道时域重叠,即该第一上行信道对应的时域资源与该第二上行信道对应的时域资源之间存在重叠的部分,且重叠的时域资源为第一时域资源。The priorities of the first upstream channel and the second upstream channel are different, that is, one of the first upstream channel and the second upstream channel is a high-priority upstream channel, and the other is a low-priority upstream channel. In addition, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap in time domain, that is, there is an overlapping part between the time domain resource corresponding to the first uplink channel and the time domain resource corresponding to the second uplink channel, and the overlapping time domain The domain resource is the first time domain resource.
示例性的,该第二上行信道包括第二PUCCH或者第二PUSCH。该N个第二上行信息中的每个第二上行信息可以为第二UCI或数据。其中,该第二UCI包括以下至少一种:HARQ-ACK、P-CSI、SP-CSI、A-CSI、SR和BFR。Exemplarily, the second uplink channel includes a second PUCCH or a second PUSCH. Each of the N pieces of second uplink information may be second UCI or data. Wherein, the second UCI includes at least one of the following: HARQ-ACK, P-CSI, SP-CSI, A-CSI, SR, and BFR.
其中,该M个第二上行信息的调度方式与上述N个第一上行信息的调度方式类似,不再叙述。当所述第二指示信息是由第二DCI中一个字段指示,所述第二指示信息用于指示该第二DCI调度的上行信息能否与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用,当所述第二指示信息是由第二高层参数中一个字段指示,所述第二指示信息用于指示该第二高层参数配置的上行信道承载的上行信息能否与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用。获取该M个第二指示信息的方式,与上述获取N个第一指示信息的方式类型,也不再详细叙述。The scheduling manner of the M pieces of second uplink information is similar to the scheduling manner of the above N pieces of first uplink information, and will not be described again. When the second indication information is indicated by a field in the second DCI, the second indication information is used to indicate whether the uplink information scheduled by the second DCI can be multiplexed with uplink information of different priorities. The second indication information is indicated by a field in the second high layer parameter, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the uplink information carried by the uplink channel configured by the second high layer parameter can be multiplexed with uplink information of different priorities. The manner of acquiring the M pieces of second indication information and the above manner of acquiring the N pieces of first indication information will not be described in detail.
可选地,第一上行信道的优先级为所述N个第一上行信息的优先级,所述N个第一上行信息具有相同的优先级。Optionally, the priority of the first uplink channel is the priority of the N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information have the same priority.
可选地,第二上行信道的优先级为所述M个第二上行信息的优先级,所述M个第二上行信息具有相同的优先级。Optionally, the priority of the second uplink channel is the priority of the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information have the same priority.
可选地,上行信道的优先级指的是物理层优先级,用于隐式指示该上行信道承载的上行信息对应的业务类型或者业务的时延或可靠性需求。Optionally, the priority of the uplink channel refers to the physical layer priority, which is used to implicitly indicate the service type corresponding to the uplink information carried by the uplink channel or the time delay or reliability requirement of the service.
可选地,步骤302可以不执行。例如,在下面的示例1中,当第一上行信道优先级高于第二上行信道优先级时,终端设备只根据N个第一指示信息确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,此时,终端设备不需要获取M个第二指示信息。也就是说,在一些方法中,终端设备只需要获取高优先级的上行信息对应的指示信息(第一指示信息或第二指示信息),不需要获取低优先级的上行信息对应的指示信息。Optionally, step 302 may not be performed. For example, in Example 1 below, when the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, the terminal device only determines whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information only according to the N pieces of first indication information. The uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted. At this time, the terminal device does not need to acquire M pieces of second indication information. That is to say, in some methods, the terminal device only needs to acquire the indication information (first indication information or second indication information) corresponding to the uplink information of high priority, and does not need to acquire the indication information corresponding to uplink information of low priority.
可选地,上述获取N个第一指示信息包括:从网络设备接收所述N个第一指示信息。Optionally, the obtaining of the N pieces of first indication information includes: receiving the N pieces of first indication information from a network device.
可选地,上述获取M个第而指示信息包括:从网络设备接收所述M个第二指示信息。Optionally, obtaining the M pieces of second indication information includes: receiving the M pieces of second indication information from a network device.
可选地,在一个实施方式中,终端设备可以接收包含所述M个第二指示信息的DCI或者高层参数,但不从所述DCI或者高层参数中获取所述M个第二指示信息,或者说,不使用所述M个第二指示信息。Optionally, in one embodiment, the terminal device may receive DCI or high-layer parameters including the M pieces of second indication information, but not acquire the M pieces of second indication information from the DCI or high-layer parameters, or That is, the M pieces of second indication information are not used.
303:终端设备根据所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。303: The terminal device determines, according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information, whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
每个第一指示信息用于指示是否将对应的第一上行信息与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用传输;每个第二指示信息用于指示是否将对应的第二上行信息与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用传输。因此,终端设备可以根据该N个第一指示信息和/或该M个第二指示信息,确定是否将该N个第一上行信息与该M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Each first indication information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the corresponding first uplink information and uplink information of different priorities; each second indication information is used to indicate whether to combine the corresponding second uplink information with different priorities The uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted. Therefore, the terminal device may determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information.
并且,当确定将该N个第一上行信息与该M个第二上行信息进行复用传输时,终端设备可以将该N个第一上行信息和该M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,比如,可以将该N个第一上行信息和该M个第二上行信息复用到第三上行信道上进行联合传输;当确定不能将该N个第一上行信息与该M个第二上行信息进行复用传输时,则终端设备可以在第一时域资源位置向网络设备发送高优先级的上行信道承载的上行信息,并在第一时域资源位置放弃向网络设备发送低优先级的上行信道承载的上行信息。此外,后续在确定出不能将该N个第一上行信息与该M个第二上行信息进行复用传输时,均可以在第一时域资源位置放弃低优先级的上行信道承载的上行信息的传输,只传输高优先级的上行信道承载的上行信息,不再重复描述。Moreover, when it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, the terminal device may multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, For example, the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can be multiplexed on the third uplink channel for joint transmission; when it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be When performing multiplexing transmission, the terminal device can send the uplink information carried by the high-priority uplink channel to the network device at the first time-domain resource location, and give up sending the low-priority uplink information to the network device at the first time-domain resource location. Uplink information carried by the channel. In addition, when it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted, the uplink information carried by the low-priority uplink channel may be discarded at the first time domain resource position. For transmission, only the uplink information carried by the high-priority uplink channel is transmitted, and the description will not be repeated.
以下示例1-示例4为本申请实施例提供的几种如何确定是否将该N个第一上行信息与该M个第二上行信息进行复用传输的方式。可以理解,以下几种示例不够成对本申请的任何限定。The following examples 1 to 4 provide several ways of how to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. It can be understood that the following examples are not enough to set any limitation to the present application.
示例1:终端设备根据高优先级的上行信道对应的指示信息,确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Example 1: The terminal device determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the indication information corresponding to the high-priority uplink channel.
可选地,终端设备确定该第一上行信道的优先级和该第二上行信道的优先级。Optionally, the terminal device determines the priority of the first uplink channel and the priority of the second uplink channel.
需要说明,在这种方案中,即使终端设备接收到了低优先级的上行信道对应的指示信息,也只根据高优先级的上行信道对应的指示信息,确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。It should be noted that in this solution, even if the terminal device receives the indication information corresponding to the low-priority uplink channel, it only determines whether to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of information based on the indication information corresponding to the high-priority uplink channel The second uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted.
基于上述可知,每个上行信息对应有一个优先级指示(priority indicator)字段。因此,终端设备可以根据每个第一上行信息对应的优先级指示(priority indicator)字段,确定每个第一上行信息的优先级,并将该N个第一上行信息中的一个或多个第一上行信息的优先级,作为该第一上行信道的优先级。同样,终端设备可以将该M个第二上行信息中的一个或多个第二上行信息的优先级,作为该第二上行信道的优先级。Based on the above, it can be known that each uplink information corresponds to a priority indicator field. Therefore, the terminal device may determine the priority of each first uplink information according to the priority indicator field corresponding to each first uplink information, and assign one or more of the N pieces of first uplink information to the priority of each first uplink information. A priority of the uplink information, as the priority of the first uplink channel. Likewise, the terminal device may use the priority of one or more pieces of second uplink information among the M pieces of second uplink information as the priority of the second uplink channel.
本申请中以第一上行信道的优先级高于第二上行信道的优先级为例进行说明。其中,第二上行信道的优先级高于第一上行信道的优先级的情况与第一上行信道的优先级高于第二上行信道类似,不再重复叙述。In this application, the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel as an example for description. The situation where the priority of the second uplink channel is higher than the priority of the first uplink channel is similar to that of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, and the description will not be repeated.
可以理解地,以下1.1-1.3是对示例1中根据上行信息来源不同而列举的不同实施方式的描述。此外,需要指出的是,本申请中所述的“确定(是否)进行复用传输”可以表示“确定(是否)将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输”或者“确定(是否) 将第一上行信息与第二上行信息进行复用传输”或者“确定(是否)进行上行信息的复用传输”等类似含义,不再赘述。Understandably, the following 1.1-1.3 are descriptions of different implementations listed in Example 1 according to different sources of uplink information. In addition, it should be pointed out that "determining (whether) to perform multiplexing transmission" described in this application may mean "determining (whether) multiplexing the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information. Use transmission" or "determine (whether) to multiplex and transmit the first uplink information and the second uplink information" or "determine (whether) to perform multiplex transmission of the uplink information" and other similar meanings, which will not be repeated.
1.1、针对N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一DCI调度的情况。1.1. For the case where the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through the N pieces of first DCI.
其中,N第一上行信息通过N个第一DCI调度的情况可以包括以下几种方式。应理解,以下几种调度方式并不对本申请构成限定。The case where the N first uplink information is scheduled by the N first DCIs may include the following manners. It should be understood that the following scheduling methods do not limit the present application.
可选的,第一上行信道是承载HARQ-ACK的第一PUCCH,该第一PUCCH承载N个第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息,N个第一PDSCH由N个第一DCI调度,每个第一DCI中包含一个第一指示信息,每个第一指示信息用于指示与该第一指示信息对应的第一DCI调度的第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK是否可以与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the first uplink channel is the first PUCCH that carries HARQ-ACK, the first PUCCH carries HARQ-ACK information corresponding to N first PDSCHs, and the N first PDSCHs are scheduled by N first DCIs, each of which is scheduled by N first DCIs. The first DCI includes a piece of first indication information, and each first indication information is used to indicate whether the HARQ-ACK of the first PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI corresponding to the first indication information can be processed with uplink information of different priorities. Multiplex transmission.
可选的,第一上行信道是承载HARQ-ACK和A-CSI的第一PUCCH,该第一PUCCH承载N1个第一PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息和N2个A-CSI信息,所述N1个第一PDSCH由N1个第一DCI调度,所述N2个A-CSI由N2个第一DCI调度,每个第一DCI中包含1个第一指示信息,用于指示该第一DCI调度的第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK和/或A-CSI是否可以与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用传输,其中,N1小于或等于N,N2小于或等于N,N=N1+N2。并且,N2个第一DCI可以与N1个第一DCI是不同的DCI,或者,相同的DCI,本申请对此不做限定。Optionally, the first uplink channel is the first PUCCH that carries HARQ-ACK and A-CSI, the first PUCCH carries HARQ-ACK information corresponding to N1 first PDSCHs and N2 A-CSI information, the N1 The first PDSCH is scheduled by N1 first DCIs, the N2 A-CSIs are scheduled by N2 first DCIs, and each first DCI includes one first indication information, which is used to indicate the first DCI scheduled by the first DCI. Whether HARQ-ACK and/or A-CSI of a PDSCH can be multiplexed and transmitted with uplink information of different priorities, where N1 is less than or equal to N, N2 is less than or equal to N, and N=N1+N2. In addition, the N2 first DCIs may be different DCIs from the N1 first DCIs, or may be the same DCI, which is not limited in this application.
可选的,第一上行信道是承载data和/或A-CSI的第一GB PUSCH,且由一个第一DCI调度(即N=1),该第一DCI中包含一个第一指示信息,且该第一指示信息用于指示该第一DCI调度的第一GB PUSCH承载的data和/或A-CSI是否可以与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the first uplink channel is the first GB PUSCH carrying data and/or A-CSI, and is scheduled by a first DCI (that is, N=1), the first DCI includes a first indication information, and The first indication information is used to indicate whether the data and/or A-CSI carried by the first GB PUSCH scheduled by the first DCI can be multiplexed and transmitted with uplink information of different priorities.
可选的,第一上行信道是承载data和HARQ-ACK的第一GB PUSCH,其中,data由N1个第一DCI调度,HARQ-ACK有N2(N2=N-N1)个第一DCI调度,每个第一DCI中包含一个第一指示信息,每个第一指示信息用于与该第一指示信息对对应的第一DCI调度的data或HARQ-ACK是否可以与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the first uplink channel is the first GB PUSCH carrying data and HARQ-ACK, wherein data is scheduled by N1 first DCIs, and HARQ-ACK is scheduled by N2 (N2=N-N1) first DCIs, Each first DCI contains a piece of first indication information, and each first indication information is used for whether the data or HARQ-ACK scheduled by the first DCI corresponding to the first indication information can be performed with uplink information of different priorities. Multiplex transmission.
示例性的,当第一上行信道的优先级高于第二上行信道的优先级,且N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一DCI调度,终端设备可根据该N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Exemplarily, when the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, and the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through the N pieces of first DCI, the terminal device can be based on the N pieces of first indication information. part or all of the first indication information, and determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
以下1.1.1-1.1.2是针对1.1的实施方式中如何根据第一指示信息确定是否进行复用传输的举例描述。The following 1.1.1-1.1.2 are examples of how to determine whether to perform multiplexing transmission according to the first indication information in the embodiment of 1.1.
1.1.1、根据终端设备最后接收到的第一DCI包括的第一指示信息确定是否进行复用传输。1.1.1. Determine whether to perform multiplexing transmission according to the first indication information included in the first DCI last received by the terminal device.
示例性的,当第一上行信道的优先级高于第二上行信道的优先级,且N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一DCI调度,终端设备可根据第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息,确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。其中,该第三下行控制信息为该N个第一DCI中,终端设备最后接收到的第一DCI。Exemplarily, when the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, and the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through the N pieces of first DCI, the terminal device may, according to the No. An indication message for determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. The third downlink control information is the first DCI received by the terminal device last among the N first DCIs.
当网络设备通过N个第一DCI调度该N个第一上行信息时,会在预先配置的多个时域位置向终端设备发送该N个第一DCI,终端设备会在该多个时域位置盲检网络设备发送的N个第一DCI。因此,该最后接收到的第一DCI,就是终端设备最后盲检到的第一DCI。其中,盲检到DCI是指终端设备需要对每个接收时域位置的多个候选位置(例如频域位置) 尝试进行DCI接收,并假设不同的DCI格式(对应不同负载大小)以进行译码和循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Check,CRC),当某个候选位置和某种DCI格式组合下,通过CRC,则认为盲检成功,即盲检到一个DCI。When the network device schedules the N pieces of first uplink information through the N pieces of first DCI, it will send the N pieces of first DCI to the terminal device at multiple pre-configured time domain locations, and the terminal device will send the N pieces of first DCI information at the multiple time domain locations The N first DCIs sent by the network device are blindly detected. Therefore, the last received first DCI is the last blindly detected first DCI by the terminal device. Wherein, the blind detection of DCI means that the terminal device needs to attempt to receive DCI at multiple candidate positions (eg, frequency domain positions) of each receiving time domain position, and assume different DCI formats (corresponding to different load sizes) for decoding. And cyclic redundancy check (Cyclic Redundancy Check, CRC), when a candidate position is combined with a certain DCI format and passes the CRC, it is considered that the blind detection is successful, that is, a DCI is blindly detected.
需要说明,网络设备可以在一个时域位置发送多个DCI。相应的,终端设备最后有可能盲检到多个第一DCI。可选地,在这种情况下,终端设备可以将最后盲检到的多个第一DCI中的目标第一DCI作为该最后一个第一DCI,并且在该目标第一DCI包括的第一指示信息指示可以与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用传输时,终端设备确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。示例性的,该目标第一DCI可以是终端设备最后盲检到的多个第一DCI中载波编号最大的第一DCI。可选地,在这种情况下,终端设备可以将最后盲检到的多个第一DCI都看成第三DCI,且只有在多个第一DCI包括的多个第一指示信息都指示可以与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用传输时,终端设备才确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。It should be noted that a network device may send multiple DCIs at one time domain location. Correspondingly, the terminal device may finally blindly detect multiple first DCIs. Optionally, in this case, the terminal device may take the target first DCI among the plurality of first DCIs blindly detected last as the last first DCI, and the first indication included in the target first DCI When the information indicates that uplink information of different priorities can be multiplexed and transmitted, the terminal device determines to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. Exemplarily, the target first DCI may be the first DCI with the largest carrier number among a plurality of first DCIs that are blindly detected last by the terminal device. Optionally, in this case, the terminal device may regard the multiple first DCIs blindly detected last as the third DCI, and only if multiple first indication information included in the multiple first DCIs indicates that the When performing multiplexing and transmission with uplink information of different priorities, the terminal device determines to perform multiplexing and transmission of the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
此外,后续所涉的终端设备最后接收到的DCI的解释均与上述类似,不再重复描述。In addition, the interpretation of the DCI finally received by the terminal equipment involved in the following is similar to the above, and the description is not repeated.
示例性的,当该第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息的取值为第一预设值时,确定将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,比如,当该指示信息是通过在DCI中增加一个字段携带的情况下,当该字段的取值为1,即该第一指示信息的取值为1时,确定将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;当该第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息的取值不是第一预设值时,确定不能将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,比如,当该第一指示信息的取值为0时,确定不能将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Exemplarily, when the value of the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is a first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, such as , when the indication information is carried by adding a field in the DCI, when the value of the field is 1, that is, when the value of the first indication information is 1, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information are combined with M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted; when the value of the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is not the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information cannot be combined with the M pieces of second uplink information. The uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted. For example, when the value of the first indication information is 0, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
需要说明,在实际应用中,还可以根据该N个第一DCI中的任意一个第一DCI包括的第一指示信息,确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that, in practical applications, it is also possible to determine whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information according to the first indication information included in any one of the N first DCIs. Transmission, which is not limited in this application.
可以看出,终端设备只需要根据最后接收到的第一DCI确定是否将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,不用去关注其他的第一DCI。这样网络设备在指示是否将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输的过程中,可以只关注最后一个第一DCI,指示方式比较灵活;另外,从时域上来看,终端设备最后接收到的第一DCI的时域位置一般也是距离第一上行信道的开始位置最近的一个DCI,使用该第一DCI中的指示结果来确定能否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输也更加准确;而且,网络设备通过这个第一DCI来指示,还可以对前面存在指示错误的第一DCI进行调整和修正,提高了网络设备指示过程中的容错率。It can be seen that the terminal device only needs to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the last received first DCI, and does not need to pay attention to other first DCIs. In this way, in the process of indicating whether the N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, the network device can only pay attention to the last first DCI, and the indication method is more flexible; in addition, from the time domain point of view , the time domain position of the first DCI last received by the terminal device is generally also a DCI closest to the start position of the first uplink channel, and the indication result in the first DCI is used to determine whether the N pieces of first uplink information can be combined with It is also more accurate to multiplex and transmit the M pieces of second uplink information; moreover, the network device can use this first DCI to indicate, and can also adjust and correct the first DCI with an indication error, which improves the accuracy of the indication process of the network device. fault tolerance.
1.1.2、根据N个第一指示信息确定是否进行复用传输。1.1.2. Determine whether to perform multiplexing transmission according to the N pieces of first indication information.
示例性的,当该N个第一指示信息的取值完全相同时,确定将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;当该N个第一指示信息的取值不完全相同时,确定不能将该N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Exemplarily, when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are exactly the same, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted; when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are multiplexed and transmitted; When the values are not identical, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
进一步地,当该N个第一指示信息的取值完全相同,且全部为第一预设值时,确定将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;当该N个第一指示信息中至少存在一个指示信息的取值不是该第一预设值时,确定不允许将该N个第一上行信息与所述M个第 二上行信息进行复用传输。比如,该N个第一指示信息的取值全为1时,确定将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Further, when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are completely the same and all are the first preset values, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted; When at least one of the N pieces of first indication information has a value other than the first preset value, it is determined that multiplexing and transmission of the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information is not allowed. For example, when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all 1, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,通过N个第一DCI包括所有的第一指示信息确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,可以保证确定结果的精确性。并且,在实际应用中,网络设备虽然在最后一个时域位置上发送了第一DCI,但是,并不能保证终端设备能成功盲检到该第一DCI,会存在最后一个第一DCI包括的第一指示信息丢失的问题。终端设备根据接收到的所有第一DCI包括的第一指示信息的取值,确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,即使在最后一个第一DCI丢失的情况下,仍然能准确的确定出是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。It can be seen that whether the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted is determined by including all the first indication information in the N pieces of first DCI, which can ensure the accuracy of the determination result. Moreover, in practical applications, although the network device sends the first DCI at the last time domain position, it does not guarantee that the terminal device can successfully blindly detect the first DCI, and there will be a first DCI included in the last first DCI. A problem that indicates information loss. The terminal device determines whether to multiplex and transmit N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information according to the values of the first indication information included in all the received first DCIs, even if the last first DCI is lost. In this case, it can still be accurately determined whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
可选地,终端设备不期望所述N个第一DCI包含的第一指示信息取值不同,此时,终端设备根据N个第一指示信息确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,等价于,根据该N个第一指示信息中的任意一个第一指示信息的取值确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,只要这个第一指示信息的取值为第一预设值,则可确定将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the terminal device does not expect the first indication information contained in the N first DCIs to have different values. In this case, the terminal device determines whether to compare the N first uplink information with the M first indication information according to the N first indication information. Multiplexing and transmitting the two uplink information is equivalent to determining whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information according to the value of any one of the N pieces of first indication information For transmission, as long as the value of the first indication information is the first preset value, it can be determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
在实际应用中,也可以只考虑该N个第一DCI指示信息中的部分第一指示信息的取值是否全为相同或者第一预设值来确定是否进行复用传输,比如,可以只考虑该N个第一指示信息中的最后两个第一指示信息是否均为第一预设值或者相同,若该最后两个第一指示信息均为第一预设值,即确定可以进行上行信息的复用传输。本申请不对第一指示信息的数量和位置进行限定。In practical applications, it is also possible to only consider whether the values of part of the first indication information in the N pieces of first DCI indication information are all the same or the first preset value to determine whether to perform multiplexing transmission. Whether the last two pieces of first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information are both the first preset value or the same, and if the last two first indication information are both the first preset value, it is determined that the uplink information can be performed multiplex transmission. The present application does not limit the quantity and location of the first indication information.
1.2、针对该N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的情况。1.2. For the case where the N pieces of first uplink information are configured through N pieces of first high-layer parameters.
其中,该N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的情况可以包括以下几种配置方式。应理解,以下几种配置方式并不对本申请构成限定。The case where the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N pieces of first high-layer parameters may include the following configuration modes. It should be understood that the following configuration manners do not limit the present application.
可选的,第一上行信道是承载SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK或SR的第一PUCCH,该第一PUCCH承载N个SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息,或,1个SR;或者,第一PUCCH承载N1个SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK和N2(N2=N-N1)个SR,每个SPS PDSCH的第一高层参数或每个SR的第一高层参数或SR的PUCCH资源配置参数中包含一个第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于该高层参数配置的SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK或SR是否可以与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the first uplink channel is the first PUCCH that carries the HARQ-ACK or SR corresponding to the SPS PDSCH, and the first PUCCH carries the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to N SPS PDSCHs, or, 1 SR; or, the first The PUCCH carries the HARQ-ACKs and N2 (N2=N-N1) SRs corresponding to N1 SPS PDSCHs, and the first high layer parameters of each SPS PDSCH or the first high layer parameters of each SR or the PUCCH resource configuration parameters of the SR include A first indication information, the first indication information is used for whether the HARQ-ACK or SR corresponding to the SPS PDSCH configured by the high layer parameter can be multiplexed and transmitted with uplink information of different priorities.
可选的,第一上行信道是承载data的第一CG PUSCH,该第一上行信道对应一个CG PUSCH高层配置参数(第一高层参数),即N=1。并且,该高层配置参数包含一个第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该高层参数配置的CG PUSCH承载的data是否可以与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the first uplink channel is the first CG PUSCH bearing data, and the first uplink channel corresponds to a CG PUSCH high-level configuration parameter (the first high-level parameter), that is, N=1. Moreover, the high-level configuration parameter includes a first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate whether the data carried by the CG PUSCH configured by the high-level parameter can be multiplexed and transmitted with uplink information of different priorities.
可选的,第一上行信道是承载data和SPS PDSCH对应HARQ-ACK的第一CG PUSCH,该第一上行信道承载的data对应一个CG PUSCH高层配置参数(第一高层参数),该第一上行信道承载SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK对应N1(N1=N-1)个SPS PDSCH高层配置参数(第一高层参数),每个第一高层参数包含一个第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一高层参数配置的CG PUSCH承载的data或SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK是否可以与不同优先级的上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the first uplink channel is the first CG PUSCH that carries data and SPS PDSCH corresponding to HARQ-ACK, the data carried by the first uplink channel corresponds to a CG PUSCH high-level configuration parameter (first high-level parameter), the first uplink The channel carries the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the SPS PDSCH corresponding to N1 (N1=N-1) SPS PDSCH high-level configuration parameters (the first high-level parameter), and each first high-level parameter includes a first indication information, and the first indication information is used. Indicates whether the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the data carried by the CG PUSCH or the SPS PDSCH configured by the first higher layer parameter can be multiplexed and transmitted with uplink information of different priorities.
终端设备可根据该N个第一高层参数包括的N个第一指示信息确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。The terminal device may determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the N pieces of first indication information included in the N pieces of first high-layer parameters.
示例性的,当N个第一指示信息的取值完全相同或者取值完全相同且全为第一预设值时,确定将该N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;否则,确定不允许将该N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Exemplarily, when the values of the N pieces of first indication information are completely the same or the values are completely the same and all are the first preset values, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are performed. Multiplex transmission; otherwise, it is determined that multiplex transmission of the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information is not allowed.
可以看出,只有在N个第一高层参数包括的N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值的情况下,终端设备才会将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,从而使N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输的过程更加精确。It can be seen that only when the values of the N pieces of first indication information included in the N pieces of first high-level parameters are all the first preset values, the terminal device will combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of first uplink information. The two uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted, so that the process of multiplexing and transmitting the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information is more accurate.
可选地,终端设备不期望所述N个第一高层参数包含的第一指示信息取值不同,此时,终端设备根据N个第一指示信息确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,等价于,根据该N个第一指示信息中的任意一个第一指示信息确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,只要这个第一指示信息的取值为第一预设值,则可确定将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the terminal device does not expect the first indication information contained in the N first high-layer parameters to have different values. In this case, the terminal device determines whether to compare the N first uplink information with the M first indication information according to the N first indication information. The multiplexing and transmission of the second uplink information is equivalent to determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to any one of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information, As long as the value of the first indication information is the first preset value, it can be determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
1.3、针对该N个第一上行信息是既有第一DCI调度的,也有第一高层参数配置的情况。1.3. For the case where the N pieces of first uplink information are both scheduled by the first DCI and configured by the first high layer parameters.
其中,该N个第一上行信息是既有第一DCI调度的,也有第一高层参数配置的情况可以包括以下几种方式。应理解,以下几种方式不对本申请构成限定。The case where the N pieces of first uplink information are both scheduled by the first DCI and configured with the first high-layer parameters may include the following manners. It should be understood that the following manners do not limit the present application.
可选的,X个第一上行信息是通过X个第一DCI调度的第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK,其余Y个第一上行信息是通过Y个第一高层参数配置的Y个SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。Optionally, the X pieces of first uplink information are HARQ-ACKs of the first PDSCH scheduled by the X first DCIs, and the remaining Y pieces of first uplink information are the HARQs of the Y SPS PDSCHs configured by the Y first high-level parameters. -ACK.
可选的,X个第一上行信息是通过一个第一DCI(即X=1)调度的GB PUSCH承载的data,其余Y个第一上行信息是通过Y个第一高层参数配置的Y个SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。Optionally, the X pieces of first uplink information are data carried by the GB PUSCH scheduled through a first DCI (that is, X=1), and the remaining Y pieces of first uplink information are Y SPSs configured through Y first high-level parameters. HARQ-ACK for PDSCH.
示例性的,如果该N个第一上行信息中的X个第一上行信息是通过X个第一下行控制信息调度的,其余Y个第一上行信息是通过Y个第一高层参数配置的。终端设备可优先根据第一DCI中包括的第一指示信息确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。因此,终端设备可根据该X个第一上行信息分别包括的X个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Exemplarily, if X pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled by using X pieces of first downlink control information, and the remaining Y pieces of first uplink information are configured by using Y first high-level parameters . The terminal device may preferentially determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the first indication information included in the first DCI. Therefore, the terminal device may determine whether to complex the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the first indication information in the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first uplink information. use transmission.
其中,终端设备根据该X个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输的实现方式,可参见1.1.1和1.1.2中的实现方式,不再重复叙述。Wherein, the terminal device determines whether to multiplex and transmit N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the first indication information in the X pieces of first indication information, see 1.1. The implementation methods in 1 and 1.1.2 will not be repeated.
另外,终端设备还可根据该X个第一下行控制信息分别包括的X个第一指示信息以及该Y个第一高层参数分别包括的Y个第一指示信息,确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。比如,当该X个第一下行控制信息分别包括的X个第一指示信息以及该Y个第一高层参数分别包括的Y个第一指示信息的取值相同(或者取值相同且均为该第一预设值)时,确定将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,否则,不能将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。In addition, the terminal device may also determine whether to convert the N first indication information according to the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first downlink control information and the Y pieces of first indication information respectively included in the Y pieces of first high-level parameters The uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted. For example, when the X pieces of first indication information respectively included in the X pieces of first downlink control information and the Y pieces of first indication information respectively included in the Y pieces of first high-level parameters have the same value (or the values are the same and both are When the first preset value), it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted; otherwise, the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed. transmission.
以上,X与Y都是大于或等于1的正整数,且N=X+Y。In the above, both X and Y are positive integers greater than or equal to 1, and N=X+Y.
可选地,终端设备不期望所述N个第一指示信息取值不同,此时,终端设备根据N个第 一指示信息确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,等价于,根据该N个第一指示信息中的任意一个第一指示信息确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,只要这个第一指示信息的取值为第一预设值,则可确定将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Optionally, the terminal device does not expect the N pieces of first indication information to have different values. In this case, the terminal device determines whether to perform multiplexing of the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information according to the N pieces of first indication information. Using transmission is equivalent to determining whether to multiplex and transmit N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information according to any one of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information, as long as the first indication information is the first preset value, then it can be determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
可以看出,即考虑第一DCI包括的第一指示信息,又考虑第一高层参数包括的第一指示信息,从而提高了确定结果的精确性,进一步提升了传输效率。It can be seen that both the first indication information included in the first DCI and the first indication information included in the first high-layer parameter are considered, thereby improving the accuracy of the determination result and further improving the transmission efficiency.
可选地,在本申请的一个实施方式中,虽然示例1中,该N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一DCI调度、N个第一高层参数配置或者该N个第一上行信息中一部分是第一DCI调度的,其余部分是第一高层参数配置的。但是,不同的第一DCI调度的上行信息的类型或者不同的第一高层参数配置的上行信息的类型可能是不相同的。因此,该N个第一上行信息的类型可以分成P类,每类包含一个或多个第一上行信息。终端设备可根据该P个类型的第一上行信息之间的预设优先级,确定出第一类型的第一上行信息,并根据该第一类型的第一上行信息对应的第一DCI或者第一高层参数包括的第一指示信息,确定是否将该N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。其中,该预设优先级可以为网络设备预先配置的多个上行信息类型之间的优先级。比如,data>UCI,或者,HARQ-ACK>CSI/SR,或者,A-CSI>SPS PDSCH HRAQ-ACK/SR。后续所提到的网络设备预先配置的优先级,均与此类似不再重复叙述。本申请中,可以将上述根据上行信息的类型预设的优先级称为类型优先级。Optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, although in Example 1, the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through the N pieces of first DCI, the N pieces of first high-layer parameter configuration, or the N pieces of first uplink information. A part is scheduled by the first DCI, and the rest is configured by the first high-level parameter. However, the types of uplink information scheduled by different first DCIs or the types of uplink information configured by different first higher layer parameters may be different. Therefore, the types of the N pieces of first uplink information can be divided into P types, and each type includes one or more pieces of first uplink information. The terminal device may determine the first type of first uplink information according to the preset priorities among the P types of first uplink information, and determine the first type of first uplink information according to the first DCI or the first type of first uplink information corresponding to the first type of first uplink information. The first indication information included in a high layer parameter determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. The preset priority may be a priority among multiple uplink information types preconfigured by the network device. For example, data>UCI, or, HARQ-ACK>CSI/SR, or, A-CSI>SPS PDSCH HRAQ-ACK/SR. The pre-configured priorities of the network devices mentioned later are similar to this and will not be repeated. In this application, the above-mentioned priority preset according to the type of uplink information may be referred to as a type priority.
示例性的,该第一类型的第一上行信息可以是该P个类型的第一上行信息中优先级最高的第一上行信息,或者,优先级最低的第一上行信息,本申请对此不做限定。Exemplarily, the first type of first uplink information may be the first uplink information with the highest priority among the P types of first uplink information, or the first uplink information with the lowest priority, which this application does not apply. Do limit.
需要说明,该实施方式可以与示例1中的不同情况有不同的结合方式,例如,存在以下几种结合方式。所谓的结合就是将该实施方式和示例1在执行顺序上的结合。It should be noted that this embodiment can have different combination modes with different situations in Example 1. For example, there are the following combination modes. The so-called combination is the combination of this embodiment and Example 1 in the execution order.
可选的,在一个实现方式中,终端设备根据示例1所述方法,从N个第一指示信息中确定出N1个第一指示信息,将该N1个第一指示信息用于判断是否可以复用传输;再根据类型优先级,从N1个第一指示信息对应的N1个第一上行信息中确定出N2个第一类型的第一上行信息;随后,根据N2个第一类型的上行信息对应的第一指示信息,确定是否可以将N个第一上行信息和M个第二上行信息进行复用,确定方法与示例1中方法类似。其中,N2小于等于N1,且N1小于等于N。Optionally, in an implementation manner, the terminal device determines N1 pieces of first indication information from the N pieces of first indication information according to the method described in Example 1, and uses the N1 pieces of first indication information to determine whether it is possible to duplicate the information. use transmission; then according to the type priority, determine N2 first type of first uplink information from the N1 first uplink information corresponding to the N1 first indication information; then, according to the N2 first type of uplink information corresponding The first indication information is determined, and whether the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can be multiplexed is determined, and the determination method is similar to the method in Example 1. Among them, N2 is less than or equal to N1, and N1 is less than or equal to N.
例如,参考示例1.1.1,终端设备先确定将高优先级的上行信道对应的最后接收到的第一DCI包括的第一指示信息用于判断是否进行复用传输;当该第一DCI对应多个第一上行信息时,再根据所述多个第一上行信息的类型优先级,确定所述多个第一上行信息中的第一类型的第一上行信息;终端设备根据确定出的第一类型的第一上行信息对应的第一指示信息,确定是否进行复用传输。For example, referring to Example 1.1.1, the terminal device first determines that the first indication information included in the last received first DCI corresponding to the high-priority uplink channel is used to judge whether to perform multiplexing transmission; when the first DCI corresponds to more When there are pieces of first uplink information, the first uplink information of the first type in the plurality of first uplink information is determined according to the type priority of the plurality of first uplink information; the terminal device determines the first uplink information of the first type according to the determined first uplink information. The first indication information corresponding to the first uplink information of the type determines whether to perform multiplexing transmission.
例如,参考示例1.1.2,终端设备先确定出将高优先级的上行信道对应的N个第一DCI包括的N个第一指示信息用于判断进行复用传输;进而,根据类型优先级,从N个第一上行信息中确定N1个第一类型的上行信息;随后,终端设备根据确定出的N1个第一类型的第一上行信息对应的N1个第一指示信息,确定是否进行复用传输。例如,当所述N1个第一指示信息取值都为第一预设值时,确定可以进行复用传输,否则,确定不可以进行复用传输。For example, referring to Example 1.1.2, the terminal device first determines that the N pieces of first indication information included in the N pieces of first DCI corresponding to the high-priority uplink channel are used for judging to perform multiplexing transmission; and then, according to the type priority, N1 pieces of uplink information of the first type are determined from the N pieces of first uplink information; then, the terminal device determines whether to perform multiplexing according to the N1 pieces of first indication information corresponding to the determined N1 pieces of first type of first uplink information transmission. For example, when the values of the N1 pieces of first indication information are all the first preset values, it is determined that multiplexing transmission can be performed; otherwise, it is determined that multiplexing transmission cannot be performed.
例如,参考示例1.2,终端设备先确定出将高优先级的上行信道对应的N个第一高层参数配置的N个第一指示信息用于判断进行复用传输;进而,根据类型优先级,从N个第一上行信息中确定N1个第一类型的上行信息;随后,终端设备根据确定出的N1个第一类型的第一上行信息对应的N1个第一指示信息,确定是否进行复用传输。例如,当所述N1个第一指示信息取值都为第一预设值时,确定可以进行复用传输,否则,确定不可以进行复用传输。For example, referring to Example 1.2, the terminal device first determines the N pieces of first indication information configured with the N first layer parameters corresponding to the uplink channel with high priority to be used for judging to perform multiplexing transmission; and then, according to the type priority, from N1 pieces of uplink information of the first type are determined from the N pieces of first uplink information; then, the terminal device determines whether to perform multiplexing transmission according to the N1 pieces of first indication information corresponding to the determined N1 pieces of first type of first uplink information . For example, when the values of the N1 pieces of first indication information are all the first preset values, it is determined that multiplexing transmission can be performed; otherwise, it is determined that multiplexing transmission cannot be performed.
例如,参考示例1.3,考虑高优先级的上行信道上的N个第一上行信息中X个第一上行信息是通过DCI调度的,且有Y个第一上行信息是通过高层参数配置的情况,其中,N=X+Y。终端设备可以先确定出将高优先级的上行信道对应的X个第一DCI包括的X个第一指示信息用于判断进行复用传输;进而,根据类型优先级,从X个第一上行信息中确定N1个第一类型的上行信息;随后,终端设备根据确定出的N1个第一类型的第一上行信息对应的N1个第一指示信息,确定是否进行复用传输。例如,当所述N1个第一指示信息取值都为第一预设值时,确定可以进行复用传输,否则,确定不可以进行复用传输。For example, referring to Example 1.3, consider the case where X pieces of first uplink information among the N pieces of first uplink information on a high-priority uplink channel are scheduled through DCI, and Y pieces of first uplink information are configured through high-level parameters, where N=X+Y. The terminal device may first determine that the X pieces of first indication information included in the X pieces of first DCI corresponding to the high-priority uplink channel are used for judging to perform multiplexing transmission; and then, according to the type priority, from the X pieces of first uplink information N1 pieces of uplink information of the first type are determined; then, the terminal device determines whether to perform multiplexing transmission according to the N1 pieces of first indication information corresponding to the determined N1 pieces of first type of first uplink information. For example, when the values of the N1 pieces of first indication information are all the first preset values, it is determined that multiplexing transmission can be performed; otherwise, it is determined that multiplexing transmission cannot be performed.
可选的,在本申请的一个实施方式中,终端设备先根据类型优先级,确定出N个第一上行信息中为第一类型的N2个第一上行信息,N2小于或等于N;进而,终端设备采用类似与示例1中的方式,使用N2中的部分或全部第一指示信息进行复用传输的判断的方式,比如类似1.1.1中所示,终端设备可以根据N2个第一指示信息最后接收到的第一DCI中的第一指示信息进行复用传输的判断,或者,类似1.1.2所示,终端设备可根据该N2个第一类型的上行信息对应的N2个第一指示信息确定是否进行复用传输。Optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, the terminal device first determines, according to the type priority, that N2 pieces of first uplink information of the first type are among the N pieces of first uplink information, and N2 is less than or equal to N; and then, The terminal device uses a method similar to that in Example 1, using part or all of the first indication information in N2 to perform multiplexing and transmission judgment. The last received first indication information in the first DCI performs multiplexing and transmission judgment, or, as shown in 1.1.2, the terminal device may, according to the N2 pieces of first indication information corresponding to the N2 pieces of uplink information of the first type, Determines whether to multiplex transmission.
示例2:不区分第一上行信道和第二信道的优先级,但优先根据DCI包括的指示信息,确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Example 2: The priorities of the first uplink channel and the second channel are not distinguished, but it is determined whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the indication information included in the DCI.
可以理解地,以下2.1-2.3是对示例2中根据上行信息来源不同而列举的不同实施方式的描述。Understandably, the following 2.1-2.3 are descriptions of different implementations listed in Example 2 according to different sources of uplink information.
2.1、针对一个上行信道承载的上行信息部分或全部是DCI调度的,另外一个上行信道承载的上行信息全部是高层参数配置的情况。2.1. For the case where part or all of the uplink information carried by one uplink channel is scheduled by DCI, and all the uplink information carried by another uplink channel is configured by high-level parameters.
其中,一个上行信道承载的上行信息部分或全部是DCI调度的,另外一个上行信道承载的上行信息全部是高层参数配置的情况可以包括以下几种方式。应理解,以下几种方式以第一上行信道承载的上行信息部分或全部是DCI调度的,第二上行信道承载的上行信息全部是高层参数配置的为例进行描述,并不对本申请构成限定。Wherein, part or all of the uplink information carried by one uplink channel is scheduled by DCI, and the case where all the uplink information carried by another uplink channel is configured by high-level parameters may include the following methods. It should be understood that the following methods are described by taking as an example that part or all of the uplink information carried by the first uplink channel is scheduled by DCI, and all the uplink information carried by the second uplink channel is configured by high-level parameters, which does not constitute a limitation to the present application.
可选的,N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一DCI调度的N个第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK,M个第二上行信息是通过M个第二高层参数配置的M个SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK和/或M=1个SR。Optionally, the N pieces of first uplink information are HARQ-ACKs of the N first PDSCHs scheduled by the N first DCIs, and the M pieces of second uplink information are corresponding to the M SPS PDSCHs configured by the M second higher layer parameters. HARQ-ACK and/or M=1 SRs.
可选的,N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一DCI调度的N个第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK,M个第二上行信息是通过一个第二高层参数(即M=1)配置的CG PUSCH承载的data。Optionally, the N pieces of first uplink information are HARQ-ACKs of the N first PDSCHs scheduled by the N pieces of first DCI, and the M pieces of second uplink information are configured through a second higher layer parameter (that is, M=1). Data carried by CG PUSCH.
当该第二上行信道承载的上行信息全部是高层参数配置的时,且第一上行信道承载的N个第一上行信息中的部分或全部是通过第一DCI调度的情况下,则终端设备确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输的实现方式,可以根据调度的第一上行信息的第一DCI包括的第一指示信息确定,具体可以参见1.1根据第一指示信息确定是否进行复用传输的描述,不再赘述。When all the uplink information carried by the second uplink channel is configured by high-level parameters, and some or all of the N pieces of first uplink information carried by the first uplink channel are scheduled by the first DCI, the terminal device determines Whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can be determined according to the first indication information included in the first DCI of the scheduled first uplink information. For details, see 1.1 According to the first The description of whether the indication information determines whether to perform multiplexing transmission will not be repeated.
当该第一上行信道承载的上行信息全部是高层参数配置的时,且第二上行信道承载的N个第二上行信息中的部分或全部是通过第二DCI调度的情况下,则确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输的实现方式如下:When all the uplink information carried by the first uplink channel is configured by high-level parameters, and some or all of the N pieces of second uplink information carried by the second uplink channel are scheduled by the second DCI, then determine whether to The implementation manner of multiplexing and transmitting the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information is as follows:
比如,该M个第二上行信息中的Z个第二上行信息是通过Z个第二DCI调度的,其中,每个第二DCI包括一个第二指示信息;终端设备可以根据该Z个第二DCI分别包括的Z个第二指示信息中的部分或全部第二指示信息,确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,其中,Z小于或等于M。For example, Z pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are scheduled through Z pieces of second DCI, wherein each second DCI includes a piece of second indication information; Part or all of the second indication information in the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the DCI determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information, where Z is less than or equal to M.
其中,终端设备根据该Z个第二指示信息中的部分或全部第二指示信息,确定是否将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输的实现方式,可参见1.1.1和1.1.2中的实现方式,不再重复叙述。Wherein, the terminal device determines whether to multiplex and transmit N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information according to some or all of the second indication information in the Z pieces of second indication information, please refer to 1.1. The implementation methods in 1 and 1.1.2 will not be repeated.
可以看出,由于第一高层参数配置的上行信息的方式比较固定,而第二DCI调度上行信息的方式相对比较灵活,此时虽然第一上行信道的优先级比第二上行信道的优先级高,但是还是单纯的只根据N个第一指示信息来确定是否将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,可能会导致确定出的结果不精确。这个时候根据第二指示信息来确定是否将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,可提高精度。It can be seen that, because the method of uplink information configured by the first high-level parameter is relatively fixed, while the method of scheduling uplink information by the second DCI is relatively flexible, although the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than that of the second uplink channel at this time However, whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information is simply determined based on the N pieces of first indication information, which may result in inaccurate determination results. At this time, whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information is determined according to the second indication information, which can improve the accuracy.
2.2、针对两个上行信道承载的上行信息都存在DCI调度的上行信息的情况。2.2. For the case where the uplink information carried by the two uplink channels has the uplink information scheduled by the DCI.
其中,两个上行信道承载的上行信息都存在DCI调度的上行信息的情况。应理解,以下几种方式并不对本申请构成限定。Wherein, the uplink information carried by the two uplink channels both has the uplink information scheduled by the DCI. It should be understood that the following manners do not limit the present application.
可选的,L个第一上行信息是通过L个第一DCI调度的L个第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK,R个第二上行信息是通过R个第二DCI调度的R个第二PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。Optionally, the L pieces of first uplink information are HARQ-ACKs of the L first PDSCHs scheduled through the L first DCIs, and the R second uplink pieces of information are the HARQ-ACKs of the R second PDSCHs scheduled through the R second DCIs. HARQ-ACK.
可选的,L个第一上行信息是通过L个第一DCI调度的L个第一PDSCH的HARQ-ACK,R个第二上行信息是通过一个第二DCI(R=1)调度的GB PUSCH承载的data和/或A-CSI。Optionally, the L pieces of first uplink information are HARQ-ACKs of the L first PDSCHs scheduled through the L first DCIs, and the R pieces of second uplink information are the GB PUSCHs scheduled through a second DCI (R=1) Bearer data and/or A-CSI.
可选的,L个第一上行信息是通过一个第一DCI(L=1)调度的GB PUSCH承载的data和/或A-CSI,R个第二上行信息是通过R个第二DCI调度的R个第二PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。Optionally, the L pieces of first uplink information are data and/or A-CSI carried by the GB PUSCH scheduled by one first DCI (L=1), and the R pieces of second uplink information are scheduled by the R pieces of second DCI HARQ-ACK for the R second PDSCHs.
示例性的,当N个第一上行信息中的L个第一上行信息是通过L个第一下行控制信息调度的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的R个第二上行信息是通过R个第二个下行控制信息调度的时,其中,L和R均为大于或等于1的整数,L小于或等于N,R小于或等于M,终端设备可根据该L个第一下行控制信息和R个第二下行控制信息中的部分或全部信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Exemplarily, when the L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled by the L pieces of first downlink control information, and the R pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are When scheduled through the R second downlink control information, where L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M, the terminal device can Part or all of the control information and the R pieces of second downlink control information is used to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
示例性的,终端设备可根据该第五下行控制信息包含的第三指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;其中,所述第五下行控制信息为L个第一下行控制信息和R个第二下行控制信息中所述终端设备最后接收到的下行控制信息,当第五下行控制信息是L个第一下行控制信息中最后接收到的下行控制信息时,所述第三指示信息就是一个第一指示信息或者当第五下行控制信息是R个第二下行控制信息中最后接收到的下行控制信息时,所述三指示信息就是一个第二指示信息。Exemplarily, the terminal device may determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information; wherein the The fifth downlink control information is the last downlink control information received by the terminal device in the L pieces of first downlink control information and the R pieces of second downlink control information, when the fifth downlink control information is the L pieces of first downlink control information When the last received downlink control information in the R, the third indication information is a first indication information or when the fifth downlink control information is the last received downlink control information in the R second downlink control information, the three The indication information is a second indication information.
示例性的,终端设备可根据该L个第一指示信息和该R个第二指示信息确定是否将所述 N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。例如,当所述L个第一下行控制信息包含的L个第一指示信息和所述R个第一下行控制信息包含的R个第二指示信息的取值相同(或者取值相同且均为第一预设值)时,终端设备确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;否则,终端设备确定不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Exemplarily, the terminal device may determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the L pieces of first indication information and the R pieces of second indication information. For example, when the L pieces of first indication information included in the L pieces of first downlink control information and the R pieces of second indication information included in the R pieces of first downlink control information have the same value (or the same value and are the first preset value), the terminal device determines to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; otherwise, the terminal device determines that the N pieces of first uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted. The information is multiplexed and transmitted with the M pieces of second uplink information.
示例性的,终端设备不期望该L个第一指示信息和该R个第二指示信息的取值不同,根据该L个第一指示信息和该R个第二指示信息确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,等价于,根据该L个第一指示信息和该R个第二指示信息中任意一个指示信息确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,只要这个第一指示信息的取值为第一预设值,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Exemplarily, the terminal device does not expect the L pieces of first indication information and the R pieces of second indication information to have different values, and determines whether to use the N pieces of first indication information and the R pieces of second indication information according to the L pieces of first indication information and the R pieces of second indication information. Multiplexing and transmitting the pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information is equivalent to determining whether to transmit the N pieces of first indication information according to any one of the L pieces of first indication information and the R pieces of second indication information The pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, as long as the value of the first indication information is the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of The second uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted.
2.3、针对两个上行信道承载的上行信息全部都是由高层参数配置的情况。2.3. For the case where all the uplink information carried by the two uplink channels is configured by high-level parameters.
示例性的,当所述N个第一上行信息是由N个第一高层参数配置的,且所述M个第二上行信息是由M个第二高层参数配置,其中,每个第一高层参数包括一个第一指示信息,每个第二高层参数包括一个第二指示信息。终端设备可根据该N个第一指示信息和该M个第二指示信息确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,例如当所述N个第一指示信息和所述M个第二指示信息的取值相同(或者取值相同且均为第一预设值)时,终端设备确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;否则,终端设备确定不能将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Exemplarily, when the N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N first-layer parameters, and the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by M second-layer parameters, wherein each first-layer The parameters include a first indication information, and each second higher layer parameter includes a second indication information. The terminal device may determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the N pieces of first indication information and the M pieces of second indication information. When the values of the first indication information and the M pieces of second indication information are the same (or the values are the same and both are the first preset values), the terminal device determines to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of The second uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted; otherwise, the terminal device determines that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information cannot be multiplexed and transmitted.
在本申请的另一个实施方式中,由于无论是N个第一上行信息,还是M个第二上行信息,都有可能包含有多种信息类型。此时,终端设备可以根据网络设备预先配置的上行信息的类型优先级,确定出第一类型的上行信息;然后,根据该第一类型的上行信息对应的DCI或者高层参数包括的指示信息,例如,优先根据DCI包括的指示信息,确定是否进行复用传输。In another embodiment of the present application, since whether it is the N pieces of first uplink information or the M pieces of second uplink information, there may be multiple types of information. At this time, the terminal device can determine the first type of uplink information according to the type priority of the uplink information preconfigured by the network device; , and it is preferentially determined whether to perform multiplexing transmission according to the indication information included in the DCI.
该实施方式可以与示例2中的不同情况有不同的结合方式,例如,存在以下几种结合方式。所谓的结合就是将该实施方式和示例2在执行顺序上的结合。This embodiment can have different combinations with different situations in Example 2. For example, there are several combinations as follows. The so-called combination is the combination of this embodiment and Example 2 in the execution order.
可选的,在一个实现方式中,终端设备可以先根据示例2确定需要根据L2个第一指示信息和/或R2个第二指示信息判断是否可以进行复用传输,其中L2大于等于零,R2大于等于零,且L2和R2不能同时为零;再根据类型优先级,从L2个第一指示信息对应的L2个第一上行信息和/或R2个第二指示信息对应的R2个第二上行信息中确定一个或多个第一类型的上行信息,根据所述一个或多个第一类型的上行信息对应的指示信息,确定是否可以进行复用传输。Optionally, in an implementation manner, the terminal device may first determine according to Example 2 that it needs to determine whether multiplexing transmission can be performed according to L2 first indication information and/or R2 second indication information, where L2 is greater than or equal to zero, and R2 is greater than or equal to zero. equal to zero, and L2 and R2 cannot be zero at the same time; then, according to the type priority, from the L2 first uplink information corresponding to the L2 first indication information and/or the R2 second uplink information corresponding to the R2 second indication information One or more pieces of uplink information of the first type are determined, and according to the indication information corresponding to the one or more pieces of uplink information of the first type, it is determined whether multiplexing transmission is possible.
例如,参考示例2.1,以第一上行信道承载的上行信息全部是高层参数配置的且第二上行信道承载的M个第二上行信息中的Z个第二上行信息是通过Z个第二DCI调度的为例,确定得到L2=0且R2>0,其中R2个第二指示信息是上述Z个第二DCI包含的第二指示信息。然后,终端设备从R2个第二指示信息对应的第二上行信息中确定R3个第一类型的第二上行信息,当所述R3个第一类型的第二上行信息对应的第二指示信息取值都为第一预设 值时,确定可以将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。For example, referring to Example 2.1, the uplink information carried by the first uplink channel is all configured by high-layer parameters, and the Z second uplink information among the M second uplink information carried by the second uplink channel is scheduled through Z second DCIs For example, it is determined that L2=0 and R2>0, where the R2 second indication information is the second indication information included in the Z second DCIs. Then, the terminal device determines R3 pieces of second uplink information of the first type from the second uplink information corresponding to the R2 pieces of second indication information, and when the second indication information corresponding to the R3 pieces of second uplink information of the first type is taken When the values are both the first preset values, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can be multiplexed and transmitted.
又例如,参考示例2.2,确定得到L2=L且R2=R,其中L2个第一指示信息是上述L个第一DCI包含的第一指示信息,R2个第二指示信息是上述R个第二DCI包含的第二指示信息。然后,终端设备从L2个第一指示信息对应的第一上行信息和R2个第二指示信息对应的第二上行信息中确定L3个第一类型的第一上行信息和R3个第一类型的第二上行信息,当所述L3个第一类型的第一上行信息对应的第一指示信息取值都为第一预设值,且所述R3个第一类型的第二上行信息对应的第二指示信息取值都为第一预设值时,确定可以将N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。For another example, referring to Example 2.2, it is determined to obtain L2=L and R2=R, wherein the L2 first indication information is the first indication information included in the above L first DCIs, and the R2 second indication information is the above R second indication information The second indication information included in the DCI. Then, the terminal device determines L3 pieces of first uplink information of the first type and R3 pieces of first uplink information of the first type from the first uplink information corresponding to the L2 pieces of first indication information and the second uplink information corresponding to the R2 pieces of second indication information Two uplink information, when the first indication information corresponding to the L3 first type of first uplink information is the first preset value, and the R3 first type of second uplink information corresponding to the second When the values of the indication information are all the first preset values, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can be multiplexed and transmitted.
可选的,在另一个实施方式中,终端设备根据类型优先级,先从N个第一上行信息和M个第二上行信息中确定出N4个第一类型的第一上行信息和/或M4个第一类型的第二上行信息,其中N4大于等于零,M4大于等于零,且N4和M4不同时为零;然后,终端设备根据N4个第一类型的第一上行信息和/或M4个第一类型的第二上行信息,确定是否可以进行复用传输。Optionally, in another embodiment, the terminal device first determines N4 pieces of first uplink information of the first type and/or M4 pieces of first uplink information from the N pieces of first uplink information and M pieces of second uplink information according to the type priority. pieces of second uplink information of the first type, where N4 is greater than or equal to zero, M4 is greater than or equal to zero, and N4 and M4 are not zero at the same time; Type of second uplink information to determine whether multiplexing transmission is possible.
可选地,当M个第二上行信息不包括第一类型的上行信息时,终端设备再根据所述N4个第一类型的第一上行信息对应的N4个第一指示信息,确定是否可以进行复用传输,确定方法与示例1中确定方法类似;和/或Optionally, when the M pieces of second uplink information do not include the first type of uplink information, the terminal device then determines whether the N4 pieces of first indication information corresponding to the N4 pieces of first type of first uplink information can be performed. Multiplexed transmission, the determination method is similar to the determination method in Example 1; and/or
当N个第一上行信息不包括第一类型的上行信息时,终端设备再根据所述M4个第二类型的第二上行信息对应的M4个第二指示信息,确定是否可以进行复用传输,确定方法与示例1中确定方法类似;和/或When the N pieces of first uplink information do not include the first type of uplink information, the terminal device then determines whether multiplex transmission can be performed according to the M4 pieces of second indication information corresponding to the M4 pieces of second type of second uplink information, The determination method is similar to the determination method in Example 1; and/or
可选地,当N个第一上行信息包括N4个第一类型的上行信息且M个第二上行信息包括M4第一类型的上行信息,终端设备再根据所述N4个第一类型的上行信息对应的N4个第一指示信息和所述M4个第二类型的第二上行信息对应的M4个第二指示信息,确定是否可以进行复用传输,确定方法与示例2中确定方法类似。例如,参考示例2.2,当N3个第一上行信息包括L4个第一DCI调度的上行信息且M4个第二上行信息包括R4个第二DCI调度的上行信息,终端设备根据L4个第一DCI调度和R4个第二DCI中最后接收到的DCI中包含的指示信息(第一指示信息或第二指示信息)确定是否可以进行复用传输,当该最后接收到的DCI中指示信息取值为第一预设值时,确定可以进行复用传输,否则,确定不可以进行复用传输。Optionally, when the N pieces of first uplink information include N4 pieces of uplink information of the first type and the M pieces of second uplink information include M4 pieces of uplink information of the first type, the terminal device will then use the N4 pieces of uplink information of the first type to The corresponding N4 pieces of first indication information and the M4 pieces of second indication information corresponding to the M4 pieces of second uplink information of the second type are used to determine whether multiplexing transmission is possible. The determination method is similar to the determination method in Example 2. For example, referring to Example 2.2, when N3 pieces of first uplink information include L4 pieces of uplink information scheduled by the first DCI and M4 pieces of second uplink information include R4 pieces of uplink information scheduled by the second DCI, the terminal device schedules the L4 pieces of first DCI according to the and the indication information (the first indication information or the second indication information) contained in the last received DCI in the R4 second DCIs to determine whether multiplexing transmission is possible, when the indication information in the last received DCI is the first When it is a preset value, it is determined that multiplexing transmission can be performed; otherwise, it is determined that multiplexing transmission cannot be performed.
示例3:优先根据第一上行信道和第二上行信道的调度方式,确定根据第一指示信息还是第二指示信息进行是否可以复用传输的判断,当第一上行信道和第二上行信道都承载的上行信息都是DCI调度的或都是高层参数配置的,进一步根据优先级确定根据第一指示信息还是第二指示信息进行是否可以复用传输的判断。Example 3: Determine whether multiplexing transmission is possible according to the first indication information or the second indication information according to the scheduling method of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel. When the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel both carry The uplink information of the above is all scheduled by DCI or configured by high-level parameters, and further, according to the priority, it is determined whether the multiplexing transmission is possible according to the first indication information or the second indication information.
可以理解地,以下3.1-3.3是对示例3中根据上行信息来源不同而列举的不同实施方式的描述。Understandably, the following 3.1-3.3 are descriptions of different implementations listed in Example 3 according to different sources of uplink information.
3.1、针对第一上行信道承载的部分或全部第一上行信息和第二上行信道承载的部分或全部第二上行信息都是DCI调度的情况。3.1. For the case where part or all of the first uplink information carried by the first uplink channel and part or all of the second uplink information carried by the second uplink channel are both DCI scheduling.
终端设备先确定第一上行信道和第二上行信道的优先级,并确定出该第一上行信道为高优先级的上行信道;因此,终端设备根据该第一上行信道对应的N个第一指示信息中由 DCI指示的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,具体是否进行复用传输的实现方式可参见1.1.1和1.1.2,不再重复描述。The terminal device first determines the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel, and determines that the first uplink channel is the high-priority uplink channel; therefore, the terminal device determines the N first indications corresponding to the first uplink channel according to the Part or all of the first indication information indicated by the DCI in the information is used to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. For details on whether to perform multiplex transmission, see 1.1.1 and 1.1.2, the description will not be repeated.
3.2、针对第一上行信道承载的N个第一上行信息和第二上行信道承载的M个第二上行信息都是高层参数配置的情况。3.2. For the case where the N pieces of first uplink information carried by the first uplink channel and the M pieces of second uplink information carried by the second uplink channel are both configured by high-level parameters.
终端设备先确定第一上行信道和第二上行信道的优先级,并确定出该第一上行信道为高优先级的上行信道;因此,终端设备根据该第一上行信道对应的N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,具体是否进行复用传输的实现方式可参见1.2,不再重复描述。The terminal device first determines the priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel, and determines that the first uplink channel is the high-priority uplink channel; therefore, the terminal device determines the N first indications corresponding to the first uplink channel according to the Some or all of the first indication information in the information is used to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information. The description is repeated.
3.3、针对第一上行信道承载的N个第一上行信息中部分或全部是DCI调度的,且第二上行信道承载的M个第二上行信息是高层参数配置的情况。3.3. For the case where some or all of the N pieces of first uplink information carried by the first uplink channel are scheduled by DCI, and the M pieces of second uplink information carried by the second uplink channel are configured by high-level parameters.
终端设备可直接根据该第一上行信道对应的N个第一指示信息中由DCI指示的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,具体是否进行复用传输的实现方式可参见1.1.1和1.1.2,不再重复描述。The terminal device may directly determine whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information directly according to part or all of the first indication information indicated by the DCI in the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the first uplink channel. The information is multiplexed and transmitted, and the specific implementation of whether to perform multiplex transmission can be found in 1.1.1 and 1.1.2, and the description will not be repeated.
3.4、针对第一上行信道承载的N个第一上行信息是高层参数配置的,且第二上行信道承载的M个第二上行信息部分或全部是DCI调度的情况。3.4. For the case where the N pieces of first uplink information carried by the first uplink channel are configured by high-level parameters, and part or all of the M pieces of second uplink information carried by the second uplink channel are DCI scheduling.
终端设备可直接根据该第二上行信道对应的M个第二指示信息中由DCI指示的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,具体是否进行复用传输的实现方式可参见2.1,不再重复描述。The terminal device may directly determine whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information directly according to part or all of the first indication information indicated by the DCI in the M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the second uplink channel. The information is multiplexed and transmitted, and the specific implementation of whether to perform multiplex transmission can be found in 2.1, and the description will not be repeated.
示例4:根据N个第一指示信息和M个第二指示信息进行是否可以复用传输的判断,当N个第一指示信息和M个第二指示信息取值相同(或者取值相同且都为第一预设值)时,确定可以将N个第一上行信息和M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。当N个第一指示信息和M个第二指示信息取值不相同(或者至少1个取值不为第一预设值)时,确定不可以将N个第一上行信息和M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Example 4: Judging whether multiplexed transmission is possible according to N pieces of first indication information and M pieces of second indication information, when N pieces of first indication information and M pieces of second indication information have the same value (or the same value and both is the first preset value), it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information can be multiplexed and transmitted. When the N pieces of first indication information and the M pieces of second indication information have different values (or at least one value is not the first preset value), it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second indication information cannot be combined. The uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted.
还需要说明,终端设备确定是否将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输之前,还确定了该第一上行信道和该第二上行信道之间是否满足时序要求(timeline)。所谓满足复用时序要求,就是指终端设备在开始传输该第一上行信道和该第二上行信道中的起始时间最早的一个上行信道之前,是否有足够的时间将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息复用到一个信道上进行联合传输。且此步骤可以发生在确定是否将该N个第一上行信息与M个第二上行信息进行复用传输之前,也可以在此之后,本申请对此不做限定。It should also be noted that before the terminal device determines whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, it also determines whether the timing requirements are met between the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel ( timeline). The so-called meeting the multiplexing sequence requirement refers to whether the terminal device has enough time to transmit the N first uplink information before starting to transmit the one of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel with the earliest start time. Multiplexing with M pieces of second uplink information on one channel for joint transmission. And this step may occur before or after it is determined whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, which is not limited in this application.
具体的,如图4所示,在该第一上行信道和该第二上行信道均为PUCCH的情况下,比如,该第一上行信道和该第二上行信道分别为物理上行控制信道#1(PUCCH#1)和物理上行控制信道#2(PUCCH#2),且PUCCH#1和PUCCH#2中的某个上行传输承载的是PDSCH的HARQ-ACK,则确定该两个PUCCH中最早的一个起始符号与该PDSCH结束符号之间的时间间隔是否大于或等于T 1,且T 1=N 1+d 1,1+1,若是,则确定该第一上行信道和该第二上行信道之间满足timeline,若否,则确定第一上行信道和该第二上行信道之间不满足timeline。若该第一上行信道和该第二上行信道均不承载HARQ-ACK的情况下,例如,该第一上行信道和该第二上行信道承载的是SR和CSI,则不存在timeline,换句话说,默认第一上行信道 和该第二上行信道满足timeline。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4 , in the case where the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are both PUCCHs, for example, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are the physical uplink control channel #1 ( PUCCH#1) and physical uplink control channel #2 (PUCCH#2), and a certain uplink transmission in PUCCH#1 and PUCCH#2 carries the HARQ-ACK of PDSCH, then determine the earliest one of the two PUCCHs Whether the time interval between the start symbol and the PDSCH end symbol is greater than or equal to T 1 , and T 1 =N 1 +d 1,1 +1, if so, determine the difference between the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel If not, it is determined that the timeline is not satisfied between the first upstream channel and the second upstream channel. If neither the first uplink channel nor the second uplink channel carries HARQ-ACK, for example, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel carry SR and CSI, there is no timeline, in other words , by default the first upstream channel and the second upstream channel satisfy the timeline.
其中,N 1为预设数值,与子载波间隔和UE能力相关,d 1,1是与PDSCH的时域长度和类型相关预设偏移值,N 1+d 1,1用于保证UE接收到该PDSCH之后有足够的时间生成HARQ-ACK,并完成发送准备,额外引入的1个符号是给多个PUCCH复用特别引入的处理时延。 Among them, N 1 is a preset value, which is related to the subcarrier spacing and UE capability, d 1,1 is a preset offset value related to the time domain length and type of PDSCH, and N 1 +d 1,1 is used to ensure that the UE receives After the PDSCH, there is enough time to generate the HARQ-ACK and complete the preparation for transmission. The additionally introduced 1 symbol is the processing delay specially introduced for multiplexing multiple PUCCHs.
示例性的,如图5所示,在该第一上行信道和该第二上行信道中的一个上行信道是PUCCH,另外一个是PUSCH的情况下,比如,该PUCCH用于承载HARQ-ACK,则确定该PUCCH和该PUSCH中最早的一个起始符号与该PDSCH的结束符号之间的时间间隔是否大于或等于上述的T 1,若是,确定两个上行信道满足timeline,若否,确定两个上行信道不满足timeline;若该PUSCH承载的是GB PUSCH或者Type-2 CG PUSCH,则确定该最早的第一个起始符号与该DCI所在下行控制信道PDCCH的结束符号之间的时间间隔是否大于或等于T 2,且T 2=N 2+d 2,1+1,若是,确定这两个上行信道满足timeline,若否,确定两个上行信道不满足timeline。 Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 5 , if one of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel is a PUCCH and the other is a PUSCH, for example, the PUCCH is used to carry HARQ-ACK, then Determine whether the time interval between the earliest start symbol of the PUCCH and the PUSCH and the end symbol of the PDSCH is greater than or equal to the above T 1 , if so, determine that the two uplink channels satisfy the timeline, if not, determine that the two uplink channels The channel does not meet the timeline; if the PUSCH carries GB PUSCH or Type-2 CG PUSCH, determine whether the time interval between the earliest first start symbol and the end symbol of the downlink control channel PDCCH where the DCI is located is greater than or equal to It is equal to T 2 , and T 2 =N 2 +d 2 , 1 +1, if yes, it is determined that the two upstream channels meet the timeline, if not, it is determined that the two upstream channels do not meet the timeline.
其中,N 2是预设值,与子载波间隔和UE能力相关,d 2,1是与PUSCH的类型相关的预设偏移值,N 2+d 2,1用于保证终端设备接收该DCI后有足够时间完成PUSCH的发送准备,额外引入的1个符号是给PUCCH和PUSCH复用引入的处理时延。 Among them, N 2 is a preset value, which is related to the subcarrier spacing and UE capability, d 2,1 is a preset offset value related to the type of PUSCH, and N 2 +d 2,1 is used to ensure that the terminal device receives the DCI After there is enough time to complete the preparation for PUSCH transmission, an additional symbol introduced is the processing delay introduced for the multiplexing of PUCCH and PUSCH.
可以看出,在本申请实施例中,终端设备根据N个第一上行信息对应的N个第一指示信息和/或M个第二上行信息对应的M个第二指示信息,确定是否能将N个第一上行信息和M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,而不是单纯的直接进行复用传输或放弃复用传输,从而提升了终端设备在进行复用传输或者放弃复用传输过程中的灵活性,既能避免复用传输影响高优先级业务传输的时延与可靠性,也可以提升低优先级业务的传输效率。It can be seen that, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determines whether the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the N pieces of first uplink information and/or the M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the M pieces of second uplink information can The N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted, rather than simply directly multiplexing transmission or abandoning multiplexing transmission, thus improving the process of terminal equipment in the process of multiplexing transmission or abandoning multiplexing transmission It can not only avoid multiplexing transmission from affecting the delay and reliability of high-priority service transmission, but also improve the transmission efficiency of low-priority service.
上述本申请提供的实施例中,分别从网络设备、终端设备、以及网络设备和终端设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,网络设备和终端设备可以包括硬件结构和/或软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能以硬件结构、软件模块、还是硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。In the above embodiments provided by the present application, the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are respectively introduced from the perspectives of network devices, terminal devices, and interaction between network devices and terminal devices. In order to implement the functions in the methods provided by the above embodiments of the present application, the network device and the terminal device may include hardware structures and/or software modules, and implement the above functions in the form of hardware structures, software modules, or hardware structures plus software modules . Whether one of the above functions is performed in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
参阅图6,图6为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。终端设备600包括收发模块601和处理模块602,其中:Referring to FIG. 6, FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device 600 includes a transceiver module 601 and a processing module 602, wherein:
收发模块601,用于获取N个第一指示信息,所述N个第一指示信息对应N个第一上行信息,所述N个第一上行信息承载于第一上行信道;A transceiver module 601, configured to acquire N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on a first uplink channel;
收发模块601,还用于获取M个第二指示信息,所述M个第二指示信息对应M个第二上行信息,所述M个第二上行信息承载于第二上行信道;The transceiver module 601 is further configured to acquire M pieces of second indication information, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel;
处理模块602,用于根据所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;A processing module 602, configured to determine whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information transmission;
其中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道的优先级不同,且所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道时域重叠;N和M均为大于或等于1的整数。The priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap in time domain; N and M are both integers greater than or equal to 1.
关于上述收发模块601和处理模块602更详细的描述,可参考上述方法实施例中的相 关描述,在此不再说明。For more detailed description of the above-mentioned transceiver module 601 and processing module 602, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the above-mentioned method embodiments, which are not described herein again.
参阅图7,图7为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。网络设备700包括收发模块701和处理模块702,其中:Referring to FIG. 7 , FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device 700 includes a transceiver module 701 and a processing module 702, wherein:
处理模块702,用于控制收发模块701发送N个第一指示信息,所述N个第一指示信息对应N个第一上行信息,所述N个第一上行信息承载于第一上行信道;The processing module 702 is configured to control the transceiver module 701 to send N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to the N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on the first uplink channel;
处理模块702,还用于控制收发模块701发送M个第二指示信息,所述M个第二指示信息对应M个第二上行信息,所述M个第二上行信息承载于第二上行信道;The processing module 702 is further configured to control the transceiver module 701 to send M pieces of second indication information, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel;
所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;The N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information are used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information;
其中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道的优先级不同,且所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道时域重叠;N和M均为大于或等于1的整数。The priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap in time domain; N and M are both integers greater than or equal to 1.
关于上述收发模块701和处理模块702更详细的描述,可参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述,在此不再说明。For more detailed description of the foregoing transceiver module 701 and processing module 702, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, which are not described herein again.
参阅图8,图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。通信装置800包包括存储器801、处理器802和收发器803。它们之间通过总线804连接。存储器801用于存储相关指令和数据,并可与将存储的数据传输给处理器802。Referring to FIG. 8, FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 800 includes a memory 801 , a processor 802 and a transceiver 803 . They are connected through the bus 804 . The memory 801 is used to store related instructions and data, and can transmit the stored data to the processor 802 .
当通信装置用于实现上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的方法时,处理器802实现上述处理模块602的功能,收发器803用于执行上述收发模块601的功能;When the communication apparatus is used to implement the method executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment, the processor 802 implements the function of the above processing module 602, and the transceiver 803 is used to implement the function of the above transceiver module 601;
当通信装置用于实现上述方法实施例中由网络设备所执行的方法时,处理器802实现上述处理模块702的功能,收发器803用于执行上述收发模块701的功能。When the communication apparatus is used to implement the method executed by the network device in the above method embodiments, the processor 802 implements the function of the above processing module 702 , and the transceiver 803 is used to implement the function of the above transceiver module 701 .
当上述通信装置800为应用于终端设备的芯片时,该终端设备芯片实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。该终端设备芯片从终端设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是网络设备发送给终端设备的;或者,该终端设备芯片向终端设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是终端设备发送给网络设备的。When the above communication apparatus 800 is a chip applied to a terminal device, the terminal device chip implements the functions of the terminal device in the above method embodiments. The terminal device chip receives information from other modules (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna) in the terminal device, and the information is sent by the network device to the terminal device; or, the terminal device chip sends information to other modules (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna) in the terminal device antenna) to send information, the information is sent by the terminal equipment to the network equipment.
当上述通信装置800为应用于网络设备的芯片时,该网络设备芯片实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。该网络设备芯片从网络设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是终端设备发送给网络设备的;或者,该网络设备芯片向网络设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是网络设备发送给终端设备的。When the foregoing communication apparatus 800 is a chip applied to a network device, the network device chip implements the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments. The network device chip receives information from other modules (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna) in the network device, and the information is sent by the terminal device to the network device; or, the network device chip sends information to other modules in the network device (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna). antenna) to send information, the information is sent by the network equipment to the terminal equipment.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的通信方法中与终端设备相关的流程。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, can implement a process related to a terminal device in the communication method provided by the above method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的通信方法中与网络设备相关的流程。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, can implement the processes related to the network device in the communication method provided by the above method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,当其在计算机或处理器上运行时,使得计算机或处理器执行上述任一个通信方法中的一个或多个步骤。上述所涉及的设备的各组成模块如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在所述计算机可读取存储介质中。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which, when run on a computer or a processor, causes the computer or processor to execute one or more steps in any one of the above communication methods. If each component module of the above-mentioned device is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
应理解,本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit, CPU),还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), and may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), application-specific integrated circuits ( Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Wherein, the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), an electrically programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM). Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as Static RAM (SRAM), Dynamic RAM (DRAM), Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM).
需要说明的是,当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时,存储器(存储模块)集成在处理器中。It should be noted that when the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components, the memory (storage module) is integrated in the processor.
应注意,本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be noted that the memory described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
还应理解,本文中涉及的第一、第二、第三、第四以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的范围。It should also be understood that the first, second, third, fourth and various numeral numbers mentioned herein are only for the convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the present application.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this document is only an association relationship to describe associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time , there are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间 接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
本申请实施例方法中的步骤可以根据实际需要进行顺序调整、合并和删减。The steps in the method of the embodiment of the present application may be adjusted, combined and deleted in sequence according to actual needs.
本申请实施例装置中的模块可以根据实际需要进行合并、划分和删减。The modules in the apparatus of the embodiment of the present application may be combined, divided and deleted according to actual needs.
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。As mentioned above, the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present application, but not to limit them; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand: The technical solutions described in the embodiments are modified, or some technical features thereof are equivalently replaced; and these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions deviate from the scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.

Claims (28)

  1. 一种用于上行传输的方法,其特征在于,应用于终端设备,包括:A method for uplink transmission, characterized in that, applied to terminal equipment, comprising:
    获取N个第一指示信息,所述N个第一指示信息对应N个第一上行信息,所述N个第一上行信息承载于第一上行信道;acquiring N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on a first uplink channel;
    获取M个第二指示信息,所述M个第二指示信息对应M个第二上行信息,所述M个第二上行信息承载于第二上行信道;acquiring M pieces of second indication information, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on a second uplink channel;
    根据所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;determining, according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information, whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information;
    其中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道的优先级不同,且所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道时域重叠;N和M均为大于或等于1的整数。The priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap in time domain; N and M are both integers greater than or equal to 1.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级,所述根据所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, the M pieces of second indication information, determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, including:
    根据所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information is determined according to some or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 2, wherein:
    所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一下行控制信息调度的,每个第一下行控制信息包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;The N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through the N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one piece of first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information;
    所述根据所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:The determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to part or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information includes:
    根据第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,其中,所述第三下行控制信息为所述N个第一下行控制信息中,所述终端设备最后接收到的第一下行控制信息。Determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the first indication information included in the third downlink control information, where the third downlink control information is the Among the N pieces of first downlink control information, the last received first downlink control information by the terminal device.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein, according to the first indication information included in the third downlink control information, it is determined whether to multiplex the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information used to transmit, including:
    当所述第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息为第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。When the first indication information included in the third downlink control information is a first preset value, it is determined to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 2, wherein:
    所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一下行控制信息调度的,每个第一下行控制信息包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;The N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through the N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one piece of first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information;
    所述根据所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:The determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to part or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information includes:
    当所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。When the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all first preset values, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  6. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 2, wherein:
    所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的,每个第一高层参数包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;The N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N pieces of first high-layer parameters, and each first-layer parameter includes one piece of first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information;
    所述根据所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:The determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to part or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information includes:
    当所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值时,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。When the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all first preset values, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1, wherein:
    所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的Z个第二上行信息是通过Z个第二下行控制信息调度的,其中,每个第一高层参数包括一个第一指示信息,每个第二下行控制信息包括一个第二指示信息,且Z小于或等于M;The N pieces of first uplink information are configured through N pieces of first high-layer parameters, and Z pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are scheduled through Z pieces of second downlink control information, wherein, Each first high-layer parameter includes a first indication information, each second downlink control information includes a second indication information, and Z is less than or equal to M;
    所述根据所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:The determining whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information includes:
    根据所述Z个第二下行控制信息分别包括的Z个第二指示信息中的部分或全部第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。According to some or all of the second indication information in the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the Z pieces of second downlink control information, it is determined whether to perform a comparison between the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information multiplex transmission.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级。The method according to claim 7, wherein the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1, wherein:
    所述N个第一上行信息中的L个第一上行信息是通过L个第一下行控制信息调度的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的R个第二上行信息是通过R个第二个下行控制信息调度的,其中,L和R均为大于或等于1的整数,L小于或等于N,R小于或等于M;The L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through the L pieces of first downlink control information, and the R pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are scheduled through the R pieces of second uplink information. For the second downlink control information scheduling, L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M;
    所述根据所述第一上行信道对应的N个第一指示信息和/或所述第二上行信道对应的M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:determining, according to the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the first uplink channel and/or the M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the second uplink channel, whether to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of information Multiplexed transmission of second uplink information, including:
    根据第五下行控制信息包含的第三指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;其中,所述第五下行控制信息为L个第一下行控制信息和R个第二下行控制信息中所述终端设备最后接收到的下行控制信息,所述第三指示信息为所述第一指示信息或者所述第二指示信息。According to the third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information, it is determined whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; where the number of the fifth downlink control information is L pieces The last downlink control information received by the terminal device in the first downlink control information and the R pieces of second downlink control information, and the third indication information is the first indication information or the second indication information.
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1, wherein:
    所述N个第一上行信息是由N个第一高层参数配置的,且所述M个第二上行信息是由M个第二高层参数配置,其中,每个第一高层参数包括一个第一指示信息,每个第二高 层参数包括一个第二指示信息;The N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N first-layer parameters, and the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by M second-layer parameters, wherein each first high-layer parameter includes a first indication information, each second-layer parameter includes a second indication information;
    所述根据所述第一上行信道对应的N个第一指示信息和/或所述第二上行信道对应的M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:determining, according to the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the first uplink channel and/or the M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the second uplink channel, whether to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of information Multiplexed transmission of second uplink information, including:
    当所述N个第一高层参数包含的N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述M个第二高层参数包含的M个第二指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。When the values of the N pieces of first indication information included in the N first-layer parameters are all the first preset values, and the values of the M pieces of second indication information included in the M second-layer parameters are both For the first preset value, it is determined that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1, wherein:
    所述根据所述第一上行信道对应的N个第一指示信息和/或所述第二上行信道对应的M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,包括:determining, according to the N pieces of first indication information corresponding to the first uplink channel and/or the M pieces of second indication information corresponding to the second uplink channel, whether to associate the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of information Multiplexed transmission of second uplink information, including:
    当所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述M个第二指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,确定将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。When the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all the first preset values, and the values of the M pieces of second indication information are all the first preset values, it is determined that the N pieces of first indication information are The uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  12. 一种用于上行传输的方法,其特征在于,应用于网络设备,包括:A method for uplink transmission, characterized in that, applied to network equipment, comprising:
    发送N个第一指示信息,所述N个第一指示信息对应N个第一上行信息,所述N个第一上行信息承载于第一上行信道;sending N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on the first uplink channel;
    发送M个第二指示信息,所述M个第二指示信息对应M个第二上行信息,所述M个第二上行信息承载于第二上行信道;sending M pieces of second indication information, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel;
    所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;The N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information are used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information;
    其中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道的优先级不同,且所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道时域重叠;N和M均为大于或等于1的整数。The priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap in time domain; N and M are both integers greater than or equal to 1.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 12, wherein:
    所述第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级;The priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel;
    所述N个第一指示信息中的部分或全部第一指示信息用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Part or all of the first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 13, wherein:
    所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一下行控制信息调度的,每个第一下行控制信息包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;The N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through the N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one piece of first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information;
    第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输,其中,所述第三下行控制信息为所述N个第一下行控制信息中,所述终端设备最后接收到的第一下行控制信息。The first indication information included in the third downlink control information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information, wherein the third downlink control information is the Among the N pieces of first downlink control information, the last received first downlink control information by the terminal device.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 14, wherein:
    所述第三下行控制信息包括的第一指示信息为第一预设值,用于指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。The first indication information included in the third downlink control information is a first preset value, and is used to instruct to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information.
  16. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 13, wherein:
    所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一下行控制信息调度的,每个第一下行控制信息包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;The N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through the N pieces of first downlink control information, and each piece of first downlink control information includes one piece of first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information;
    当所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值时,指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。When the values of the N pieces of first indication information are all the first preset values, it indicates that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  17. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 13, wherein:
    所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的,每个第一高层参数包括所述N个所述第一指示信息中的一个第一指示信息;The N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N pieces of first high-layer parameters, and each first-layer parameter includes one piece of first indication information in the N pieces of first indication information;
    所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,用于指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。The values of the N pieces of first indication information are all first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  18. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 12, wherein:
    所述N个第一上行信息是通过N个第一高层参数配置的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的Z个第二上行信息是通过Z个第二下行控制信息调度的,其中,每个第一高层参数包括一个第一指示信息,每个第二下行控制信息包括一个第二指示信息,且Z小于或等于M;The N pieces of first uplink information are configured through N pieces of first high-layer parameters, and Z pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are scheduled through Z pieces of second downlink control information, wherein, Each first high-layer parameter includes a first indication information, each second downlink control information includes a second indication information, and Z is less than or equal to M;
    所述Z个第二下行控制信息分别包括的Z个第二指示信息中的部分或全部第二指示信息,用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。Part or all of the second indication information in the Z pieces of second indication information respectively included in the Z pieces of second downlink control information is used to indicate whether to combine the N pieces of first uplink information with the M pieces of second uplink information multiplex transmission.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 18, wherein:
    所述第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级。The priority of the first upstream channel is higher than the priority of the second upstream channel.
  20. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 12, wherein:
    所述N个第一上行信息中的L个第一上行信息是通过L个第一下行控制信息调度的,且所述M个第二上行信息中的R个第二上行信息是通过R个第二个下行控制信息调度的,其中,L和R均为大于或等于1的整数,L小于或等于N,R小于或等于M;The L pieces of first uplink information in the N pieces of first uplink information are scheduled through the L pieces of first downlink control information, and the R pieces of second uplink information in the M pieces of second uplink information are scheduled through the R pieces of second uplink information. For the second downlink control information scheduling, L and R are both integers greater than or equal to 1, L is less than or equal to N, and R is less than or equal to M;
    第五下行控制信息包含的第三指示信息,用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;其中,所述第五下行控制信息为L个第一下行控制信息和R个第二下行控制信息中所述终端设备最后接收到的下行控制信息,所述第三指示信息为所述第一指示信息或者所述第二指示信息。The third indication information included in the fifth downlink control information is used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information; wherein, the fifth downlink control information is L The last downlink control information received by the terminal device in the pieces of first downlink control information and the R pieces of second downlink control information, and the third indication information is the first indication information or the second indication information.
  21. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 12, wherein:
    所述N个第一上行信息是由N个第一高层参数配置的,且所述M个第二上行信息是由M个第二高层参数配置,其中,每个第一高层参数包括一个第一指示信息,每个第二高层参数包括一个第二指示信息;The N pieces of first uplink information are configured by N first-layer parameters, and the M pieces of second uplink information are configured by M second-layer parameters, wherein each first high-layer parameter includes a first indication information, each second-layer parameter includes a second indication information;
    所述N个第一高层参数包含的N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述M个第二高层参数包含的M个第二指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,用于指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。The values of the N pieces of first indication information included in the N first-layer parameters are all first preset values, and the values of the M pieces of second indication information included in the M second-layer parameters are all The first preset value is used to indicate that the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information are multiplexed and transmitted.
  22. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 12, wherein:
    所述N个第一指示信息的取值均为第一预设值,且所述M个第二指示信息的取值均为所述第一预设值,用于指示将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输。The values of the N pieces of first indication information are all first preset values, and the values of the M pieces of second indication information are all the first preset values, which are used to indicate that the N pieces of One uplink information is multiplexed and transmitted with the M pieces of second uplink information.
  23. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:A terminal device, characterized in that it includes:
    收发模块,用于获取N个第一指示信息,所述N个第一指示信息对应N个第一上行信息,所述N个第一上行信息承载于第一上行信道;a transceiver module, configured to acquire N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on a first uplink channel;
    所述收发模块,还用于获取M个第二指示信息,所述M个第二指示信息对应M个第二上行信息,所述M个第二上行信息承载于第二上行信道;The transceiver module is further configured to acquire M pieces of second indication information, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel;
    处理模块,用于根据所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,确定是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;A processing module, configured to determine whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information according to the N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information ;
    其中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道的优先级不同,且所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道时域重叠;N和M均为大于或等于1的整数。The priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap in time domain; N and M are both integers greater than or equal to 1.
  24. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:收发模块和处理模块;A network device, comprising: a transceiver module and a processing module;
    所述处理模块,用于控制所述收发模块发送N个第一指示信息,所述N个第一指示信息对应N个第一上行信息,所述N个第一上行信息承载于第一上行信道;The processing module is configured to control the transceiver module to send N pieces of first indication information, where the N pieces of first indication information correspond to the N pieces of first uplink information, and the N pieces of first uplink information are carried on the first uplink channel ;
    所述处理模块,还用于控制所述收发模块发送M个第二指示信息,所述M个第二指示信息对应M个第二上行信息,所述M个第二上行信息承载于第二上行信道;The processing module is further configured to control the transceiver module to send M pieces of second indication information, where the M pieces of second indication information correspond to the M pieces of second uplink information, and the M pieces of second uplink information are carried on the second uplink channel;
    所述N个第一指示信息和/或所述M个第二指示信息,用于指示是否将所述N个第一上行信息与所述M个第二上行信息进行复用传输;The N pieces of first indication information and/or the M pieces of second indication information are used to indicate whether to multiplex and transmit the N pieces of first uplink information and the M pieces of second uplink information;
    其中,所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道的优先级不同,且所述第一上行信道与所述第二上行信道时域重叠;N和M均为大于或等于1的整数。The priorities of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are different, and the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel overlap in time domain; N and M are both integers greater than or equal to 1.
  25. 一种通信装置,包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器相连,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至11或权利要求12至22中任一项所述的方法。A communication device comprising a processor connected to a memory for storing a computer program, the processor for executing the computer program stored in the memory to cause the device to perform as claimed in the claims 1 to 11 or the method of any one of claims 12 to 22.
  26. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被运行时,实现如权利要求1至11或权利要求12至22中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, when the computer program is executed, any one of claims 1 to 11 or claims 12 to 22 is implemented the method described.
  27. 一种通信装置,包括用于执行如权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法的单元或手 段(means)。A communication device comprising means or means for performing the method of any one of claims 1 to 11.
  28. 一种通信装置,包括用于执行如权利要求12至22中任一项所述的方法的单元或手段(means)。A communication device comprising means or means for performing the method of any one of claims 12 to 22.
PCT/CN2020/108016 2020-08-07 2020-08-07 Method and device for uplink transmission, and communication apparatus and storage medium WO2022027692A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/108016 WO2022027692A1 (en) 2020-08-07 2020-08-07 Method and device for uplink transmission, and communication apparatus and storage medium
CN202080102998.XA CN115804145A (en) 2020-08-07 2020-08-07 Method, device, communication apparatus and storage medium for uplink transmission

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/108016 WO2022027692A1 (en) 2020-08-07 2020-08-07 Method and device for uplink transmission, and communication apparatus and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022027692A1 true WO2022027692A1 (en) 2022-02-10

Family

ID=80116859

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/108016 WO2022027692A1 (en) 2020-08-07 2020-08-07 Method and device for uplink transmission, and communication apparatus and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115804145A (en)
WO (1) WO2022027692A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024022162A1 (en) * 2022-07-25 2024-02-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information configuration method and apparatus, terminal, network side device, and readable storage medium

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190098612A1 (en) * 2017-09-28 2019-03-28 Alireza Babaei Pre-Emption Indication In A Wireless Device
CN109756979A (en) * 2017-11-07 2019-05-14 华为技术有限公司 Transmit the method and communication equipment of information
CN110035550A (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-19 华为技术有限公司 Uplink control information transmission method and communication device
CN110035519A (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-19 华为技术有限公司 A kind of uplink data transmission method and device
CN110034905A (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-19 华为技术有限公司 Uplink information transmission and device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190098612A1 (en) * 2017-09-28 2019-03-28 Alireza Babaei Pre-Emption Indication In A Wireless Device
CN109756979A (en) * 2017-11-07 2019-05-14 华为技术有限公司 Transmit the method and communication equipment of information
CN110035550A (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-19 华为技术有限公司 Uplink control information transmission method and communication device
CN110035519A (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-19 华为技术有限公司 A kind of uplink data transmission method and device
CN110034905A (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-19 华为技术有限公司 Uplink information transmission and device

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024022162A1 (en) * 2022-07-25 2024-02-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information configuration method and apparatus, terminal, network side device, and readable storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115804145A (en) 2023-03-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11832245B2 (en) Method and apparatus for improving control channel structure in shortened transmission time intervals in a wireless communication system
US8787295B2 (en) Channel quality signaling for persistent/semi-persistent radio resource allocations
JP7141467B2 (en) Wireless communication method, communication device, chip and system
US20230014182A1 (en) Harq information transmission method and apparatus
EP3852465B1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
US10873430B2 (en) Signal sending method and apparatus
JP2017531369A (en) Method and apparatus for voice data transmission
WO2021057265A1 (en) Harq information transmission method and apparatus
WO2022027692A1 (en) Method and device for uplink transmission, and communication apparatus and storage medium
WO2021018295A1 (en) Feedback information transmission method and apparatus
WO2021012997A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2020199778A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021226972A1 (en) Method and apparatus for sending and receiving sidelink feedback information
WO2021155604A1 (en) Information processing method and device
WO2020199174A1 (en) Communication method, terminal device and network device
JP2023520705A (en) Data transmission method, device and communication system
CN112369101A (en) Data transmission method and communication device
WO2022237608A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control information
TWI826994B (en) Physical layer control information transmission metohd and apparatus
WO2022067529A1 (en) Communication method and related device
WO2022147660A1 (en) Harq transmission enhancement method, communication device, and readable storage medium
US20230354313A1 (en) Intra-user equipment multiplexing method, user equipment, and radio node for enabling the method
WO2023126010A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2020220270A1 (en) Resource determination method, apparatus, and storage medium
WO2021088004A1 (en) Channel processing method and device, and terminal device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20948589

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20948589

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1